Genie GS-3369 RT Service manual
Genie GS-3369 RT is a versatile and reliable machine, ideal for a wide range of indoor and outdoor maintenance and construction tasks. With a maximum working height of 39 feet and a capacity of 500 pounds, it can accommodate two workers and their tools. The GS-3369 RT is easy to maneuver, thanks to its compact size and zero-turn radius. It also features a platform that can be tilted up to 15 degrees, providing excellent access to hard-to-reach areas.
Advertisement
Advertisement
GS-2669 RT
GS-3369 RT
GS-4069 RT
from GS6911-101
Part No. 229753
Rev D2
November 2014
November 2014
Introduction
ii
Important
Read, understand and obey the safety rules and operating instructions in the appropriate Operator's
Manual on your machine before attempting any maintenance or repair procedure.
This manual provides detailed scheduled maintenance information for the machine owner and user. It also provides troubleshooting fault codes and repair procedures for qualified service professionals.
Basic mechanical, hydraulic and electrical skills are required to perform most procedures. However, several procedures require specialized skills, tools, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. In these instances, we strongly recommend that maintenance and repair be performed at an authorized Genie dealer service center.
Compliance
Machine Classification
Group B/Type 3 as defined by ISO 16368
Machine Design Life
Unrestricted with proper operation, inspection and scheduled maintenance.
Technical Publications
Genie has endeavored to deliver the highest degree of accuracy possible. However, continuous improvement of our products is a Genie policy.
Therefore, product specifications are subject to change without notice.
Readers are encouraged to notify Genie of errors and send in suggestions for improvement. All communications will be carefully considered for future printings of this and all other manuals.
Contact Us:
www.genielift.com
e-mail: [email protected]
Copyright © 2011 Terex Corporation
229753 Rev D January 2014
First Edition, Fourth Printing
Genie is a registered trademark of Terex South
Dakota, Inc. in the USA and many other countries. "GS" is a trademark of Terex South
Dakota, Inc.
Printed on recycled paper
Printed in U.S.A.
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
Revision History
Revision Date
A 6/2011
B
C
C1
Section
9/2011 2 - Spec.
3 - Maint.
4 - Repair
6 - Schem.
12/2011 2 - Spec.
3 - Maint.
5/2012
4 - Repair
6 - Schem.
2 - Spec.
3 - Maint.
4 - Repair
6 - Schem.
D
D1
D2
1/2014
5/2014
4 - Repair
6 - Schem.
2 - Spec.
11/2014 4 - Repair
Procedure / Schematic Page / Description
New release
A-6, A-8, A-9, A-10, A-11, D-3, D-5,E-3
6-8, 6-10, 6-18, 6-26, 6-34, 6-42, 6-50, 6-58, 6-66
Performance, Hydraulic Comp, Kubota WG972
Tires & Wheels, Gradeability, Hose & Fitting Torque
6-2, 6-4, 6-8, 6-11, 6-19, 6-27, 6-35, 6-43, 6-51, 6-59, 6-67,
All schematics and Legends
REFERENCE EXAMPLES:
Kubota Engine_Section 2_Specifications.
A-6,B-3,C-7_Section 3_Maintenance Procedure.
3-2, 6-4, 9-1_Section 4_Repair Procedure.
Fault Codes_Section 5.
6-35, 6-56, 6-104_Section 6_Schematic Page #.
Part No. 229753
Electronic Version
Click on any procedure or page number highlighted in blue to view the update.
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT iii
November 2014
REVISION HISTORY,
CONTINUED
Revision Date Section Procedure / Schematic Page / Description
iv
REFERENCE EXAMPLES:
Kubota Engine_Section 2_Specifications.
A-6,B-3,C-7_Section 3_Maintenance Procedure.
3-2, 6-4, 9-1_Section 4_Repair Procedure.
Fault Codes_Section 5.
6-35, 6-56, 6-104_Section 6_Schematic Page #.
Electronic Version
Click on any procedure or page number highlighted in blue to view the update.
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
Serial Number Legend
Model:
GS-3369
Serial number:
GS6911A-12345
Model year:
2011
Manufacture date:
Electrical schematic number:
ES0141
Machine unladen weight:
04/12/11
2,714 lb / 1,231 kg
Rated work load (including occupants):
500 lb / 227 kg
Maximum allowable inclination of the chassis:
N/A
Gradeability:
N/A
Maximum allowable side force :
100 lb / 445 N
Maximum number of platform occupants:
2
Country of manufacture: USA
This machine complies with:
ANSI A92.6
CAN B354.2
Terex South Dakota, Inc.
500 Oak Wood Road
PO Box 1150
Watertown, SD 57201
USA
GS69 11 A - 12345
Model
Model year
Sequence number
Facility code
(used only for models manufactured in multiple facilities)
Serial number
(stamped on chassis)
PN - 96472
Part No. 229753
Serial label
(inside compartment)
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT v
vi
Section 1 • Safety Rules
Safety Rules
November 2014
Danger
Failure to obey the instructions and safety rules in this manual and the appropriate Operator's
Manual on your machine will result in death or serious injury.
Many of the hazards identified in the operator’s manual are also safety hazards when maintenance and repair procedures are performed.
Do Not Perform Maintenance
Unless:
You are trained and qualified to perform maintenance on this machine.
You read, understand and obey:
- manufacturer’s instructions and safety rules
- employer’s safety rules and worksite regulations
- applicable governmental regulations
You have the appropriate tools, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop.
Personal Safety
Any person working on or around a machine must be aware of all known safety hazards. Personal safety and the continued safe operation of the machine should be your top priority.
Read each procedure thoroughly. This manual and the decals on the machine, use signal words to identify the following:
Safety alert symbol—used to alert personnel to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may cause minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage.
Be sure to wear protective eye wear and other protective clothing if the situation warrants it.
unsecured components when lifting or placing loads. Always wear approved steel-toed shoes.
Be aware of potential crushing hazards such as moving parts, free swinging or
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
Workplace Safety
Be sure to keep sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from flammable and combustible materials like battery gases and engine fuels. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach.
Be sure that all tools and working areas are properly maintained and ready for use.
Keep work surfaces clean and free of debris that could get into machine components and cause damage.
Be sure any forklift, overhead crane or other lifting or supporting device is fully capable of supporting and stabilizing the weight to be lifted. Use only chains or straps that are in good condition and of ample capacity.
Be sure that fasteners intended for one time use (i.e., cotter pins and self-locking nuts) are not reused. These components may fail if they are used a second time.
Be sure to properly dispose of old oil or other fluids. Use an approved container.
Please be environmentally safe.
Be sure that your workshop or work area is properly ventilated and well lit.
Section 1 • Safety Rules
SAFETY RULES
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT vii
November 2014
Table of Contents
Introduction
Section 1
Section 2
Section 3
Important Information ......................................................................................... ii
Revision History ................................................................................................ iii
Serial Number Legend ....................................................................................... v
Safety Rules
General Safety Rules ........................................................................................ vi
Specifications
Machine Specifications ................................................................................ 2 - 1
Performance Specifications ......................................................................... 2 - 2
Hydraulic Specifications ............................................................................... 2 - 3
Hydraulic Components Specifications .......................................................... 2 - 4
Manifold Component Specifications ............................................................. 2 - 5
Kubota D1105 Engine Tier 4 ......................................................................... 2 - 6
Kubota WG972 Engine ................................................................................. 2 - 7
Perkins 403D-11 Engine ............................................................................... 2 - 9
Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications ....................................... 2 - 10
Torque Procedure ....................................................................................... 2 - 11
SAE and Metric Fasteners Torque Charts .................................................. 2 - 12
Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Introduction .................................................................................................. 3 - 1
Pre-delivery Preparation ............................................................................... 3 - 3
Maintenance Inspection Report .................................................................... 3 - 5 viii GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
Section 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
, continued
Checklist A Procedures
A-1 Inspect the Manuals and Decals ......................................................... 3 - 7
A-2 Perform Pre-operation Inspection ........................................................ 3 - 8
A-3 Perform Function Tests ...................................................................... 3 - 8
A-4 Perform Engine Maintenance .............................................................. 3 - 9
A-5 Test the Oscillate Axle ....................................................................... 3 - 9
A-6 Inspect the Engine Air Filter .............................................................. 3 - 10
A-7 Perform 30 Day Service .................................................................... 3 - 11
A-8 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Models .................................. 3 - 11
A-9 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Models .................................. 3 - 12
A-10 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Models .................................. 3 - 12
A-11 Replace the Drive Hub Oil ................................................................. 3 - 13
A-12 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Models .................................. 3 - 13
A-13 Drain the Fuel Filter/Water Separator - Kubota Diesel Models ........... 3 - 14
A-14 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Diesel Models ....................... 3 - 15
Checklist B Procedures
B-1 Inspect the Battery ........................................................................... 3 - 16
B-2 Inspect the Electrical Wiring ............................................................. 3 - 17
B-3 Inspect the Tires, Wheels and Lug Bolt Torque ................................. 3 - 18
B-4 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models ................................. 3 - 19
B-5 Test the Key Switch ......................................................................... 3 - 19
B-6 Test the Emergency Stop ................................................................. 3 - 20
B-7 Test the Automotive-style Horn ......................................................... 3 - 20
B-8 Test the Fuel Select Operation - Kubota Gas/LPG Models ............... 3 - 21
B-9 Test the Drive Brakes ....................................................................... 3 - 22
B-10 Test the Drive Speed - Stowed Position ............................................ 3 - 23
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT ix
November 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 3 Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
, continued
B-11 Test the Drive Speed - Raised Position ............................................. 3 - 24
B-12 Inspect the Fuel Tank Check Valve Venting System -
Gas/LPG Models .............................................................................. 3 - 24
B-13 Inspect the Fuel and Hydraulic Tank Cap Venting Systems .............. 3 - 25
B-14 Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis ......................................................... 3 - 26
B-15 Test the Flashing Beacons (if equipped) ........................................... 3 - 27
B-16 Check the Oil Level in the Drive Hub ................................................. 3 - 27
B-17 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Diesel Models ....................... 3 - 28
Checklist C Procedures
C-1 Test the Platform Overload System (if equipped) .............................. 3 - 29
C-2 Down Limit Switch Descent Delay (if equipped) ................................. 3 - 30
C-3 Clean the Fuel Tank - Diesel Models................................................ 3 - 31
C-4 Replace the Hydraulic Tank Breather Cap - Models with
Optional Hydraulic Oil ....................................................................... 3 - 32
C-5 Perform Engine Maintenance - Diesel Models ................................... 3 - 33
C-6 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Diesel Models ....................... 3 - 33
Checklist D Procedures
D-1 Check the Scissor Arm Wear Pads and Slider Blocks ...................... 3 - 34
D-2 Replace the Hydraulic Tank Return Filter .......................................... 3 - 34
D-3 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Models .................................. 3 - 35
D-4 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models ................................. 3 - 36
D-5 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Gas/LPG Models .................. 3 - 36
D-6 Replace the Drive Hub Oil ................................................................. 3 - 37
D-7 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Diesel Models ....................... 3 - 37
Checklist E Procedures
E-1 Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil ...................................................... 3 - 38
E-2 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models ................................. 3 - 39
E-3 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Gas/LPG Models .................. 3 - 40
E-4 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Diesel Models ....................... 3 - 40
E-5 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models ................................. 3 - 41
E-6 Perform Engine Maintenance - Kubota Diesel Models ....................... 3 - 41 x GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
Section 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Repair Procedures
Introduction .................................................................................................. 4 - 1
Platform Controls
1-1 Circuit Boards ..................................................................................... 4 - 2
Platform Components
2-1 Platform .............................................................................................. 4 - 3
2-2 Platform Extension Deck .................................................................... 4 - 4
Scissor Components
3-1 Scissor Assembly, GS-2669 RT ......................................................... 4 - 7
3-2 Scissor Assembly, GS-3369 RT ....................................................... 4 - 11
3-3 Scissor Assembly, GS-4069 RT ....................................................... 4 - 15
3-4 Wear Pads ........................................................................................ 4 - 19
3-5 Lift Cylinder(s) .................................................................................. 4 - 21
Kubota D1105 Engine
4-1 Timing Adjustment ............................................................................ 4 - 23
4-2 Glow Plugs ...................................................................................... 4 - 23
4-3 Engine RPM ..................................................................................... 4 - 24
4-4 Flex Plate ......................................................................................... 4 - 24
4-5 Coolant Temperature and Oil Pressure Switches .............................. 4 - 25
Kubota WG972 Engine
5-1 Timing Adjustment ............................................................................ 4 - 27
5-2 Carburetor Adjustment ...................................................................... 4 - 27
5-3 Choke Adjustment ............................................................................ 4 - 27
5-4 Flex Plate ......................................................................................... 4 - 27
5-5 Coolant Temperature and Oil Pressure Switches .............................. 4 - 27
5-6 Engine RPM ..................................................................................... 4 - 28
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT xi
November 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 4 Repair Procedures,
continued
Perkins 403D-11 Engine
6-1 Engine RPM ..................................................................................... 4 - 30
6-2 Timing Adjustment ............................................................................ 4 - 31
6-3 Flex Plate ......................................................................................... 4 - 31
6-4 Coolant Temperature and Oil Pressure Switches .............................. 4 - 31
Ground Controls
7-1 Auxiliary Platform Lowering .............................................................. 4 - 33
7-2 Function Speed Tuning ..................................................................... 4 - 33
7-3 Software Configuration ...................................................................... 4 - 38
7-4 Level Sensor - Models without Outriggers ......................................... 4 - 40
7-5 Level Sensor - Models with Outriggers .............................................. 4 - 43
Hydraulic Pump
8-1 Hydraulic Pump ................................................................................ 4 - 48
Manifolds
9-1 Function Manifold Components ........................................................ 4 - 50
9-2 Valve Adjustments - Function Manifold ............................................ 4 - 52
9-3 Outrigger Manifold Components ........................................................ 4 - 59
9-4 Traction Manifold Components ......................................................... 4 - 60
9-5 Generator Manifold Components ....................................................... 4 - 64
9-6 Valve Coils ....................................................................................... 4 - 65 xii GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
Section 4
Section 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Repair Procedures,
continued
Fuel and Hydraulic Tanks
10-1 Fuel Tank ......................................................................................... 4 - 68
10-2 Hydraulic Tank ................................................................................. 4 - 69
Steer Axle Components
11-1 Yoke and Drive Motor ....................................................................... 4 - 70
11-2 Steer Cylinder ................................................................................... 4 - 71
11-3 Tie Rod ............................................................................................. 4 - 72
11-4 Oscillate Cylinder ............................................................................. 4 - 72
11-5 Oscillate Hoses ................................................................................ 4 - 73
Non-steer Axle Components
12-1 Drive Motor / Brake Assembly .......................................................... 4 - 75
12-2 Drive Hub ......................................................................................... 4 - 76
Outrigger Components
13-1 Outrigger Cylinder ............................................................................. 4 - 77
Platform Overload Components
14-1 Platform Overload System ............................................................... 4 - 78
14-2 Platform Overload
Recovery Message ............................................... 4 - 81
Fault Codes
Introduction .................................................................................................. 5 - 1
Fault Code Chart .......................................................................................... 5 - 3
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT xiii
November 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 6 Schematics
Introduction .................................................................................................. 6 - 1
Electronic Control Module Pin-Out Legend ................................................... 6 - 2
Electrical Schematics Abbreviation, Wire Color and Hydraulic Component Legends .............................................................. 6 - 3
Electrical Symbols Legend ........................................................................... 6 - 5
Hydraulic Symbols Legend ........................................................................... 6 - 6
Limit Switch Legend ..................................................................................... 6 - 7
Control Panel Circuit Diagram ..................................................................... 6 - 10
Electrical Schematic - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas /LPG Models (ANSI / CSA) ................................................................. 6 - 12
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA) ............................................................... 6 - 16
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas /LPG Models (ANSI / CSA) ................................................................. 6 - 17
Electrical Schematic - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA) ...................................................................... 6 - 20
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA) ...................................................................... 6 - 24
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA) ...................................................................... 6 - 25
Electrical Schematic - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS) ............................................................................. 6 - 28
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS) ............................................................................. 6 - 32
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas /LPG Models (AS) .............................................................................. 6 - 33
Electrical Schematic - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS) .................................................................................... 6 - 36
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS) .................................................................................... 6 - 40
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS) .................................................................................... 6 - 41 xiv GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
Section 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Schematics,
continued
Electrical Schematic - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE) ............................................................................. 6 - 44
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE) ............................................................................. 6 - 48
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas /LPG Models (CE) .............................................................................. 6 - 49
Electrical Schematic - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE) .................................................................................... 6 - 52
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE) .................................................................................... 6 - 56
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE) .................................................................................... 6 - 57
Electrical Schematic - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA) ............................................................... 6 - 60
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA) ............................................................... 6 - 64
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA) ............................................................... 6 - 65
Electrical Schematic - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA) ...................................................................... 6 - 68
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA) ...................................................................... 6 - 72
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA) ...................................................................... 6 - 73
Electrical Schematic - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS) ............................................................................. 6 - 76
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS) ............................................................................. 6 - 80
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS) ............................................................................. 6 - 81
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT xv
November 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 6 Schematics,
continued
Electrical Schematic - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS) .................................................................................... 6 - 84
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS) .................................................................................... 6 - 88
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS) .................................................................................... 6 - 89
Electrical Schematic - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE) ............................................................................. 6 - 92
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE) ............................................................................. 6 - 96
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE) ............................................................................. 6 - 97
Electrical Schematic - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE) ................................................................................... 6 - 100
Ground Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE) ................................................................................... 6 - 104
Platform Control Box Layout - GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE) ................................................................................... 6 - 105
Hydraulic Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT ................................. 6 - 108
Hydraulic Schematic, GS-4069 RT ............................................................ 6 - 109 xvi GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 2 • Specifications
Specifications
Machine Specifications
Fluid capacities
Hydraulic tank
(maximum fill capacity)
Hydraulic system without outriggers
(including tank), GS-2669 RT
Hydraulic system with outriggers
(including tank), GS-2669 RT
Hydraulic system without outriggers
(including tank), GS-3369 RT
Hydraulic system with outriggers
(including tank), GS-3369 RT
Hydraulic system without outriggers
(including tank), GS-4069 RT
Hydraulic system with outriggers
(including tank), GS-4069 RT
Drive hub
EP 90 or SAE 90 multipurpose hypoid gear oil API service classification GL5
Fuel tank
16.5 gallons
62.5 liters
18 gallons
68 liters
19.5 gallons
74 liters
18 gallons
68 liters
19.5 gallons
74 liters
18.5 gallons
70 liters
20 gallons
76 liters
24.5 ounces
0.7 liters
10 gallons
38 liters
Tire and wheels
Wheel lugs (steer end)
Lug bolt torque, dry
Front
Lug bolt torque, lubricated
Front
Wheel lugs (non-steer end)
Lug nut torque, dry
Rear
Lug nut torque, lubricated
Rear
6 @
1
/
2
-20
90 ft-lbs
122 Nm
68 ft-lbs
92 Nm
9 @
5
/
8
-18
170 ft-lbs
230 Nm
130 ft-lbs
176 Nm
Castle nut
(steer end)
Castle nut torque, dry
Castle nut torque, lubricated
Rough Terrain, foam-filled
Tire size
Tire ply rating
Tire diameter
Tire width
Weight
Non-marking, foam
Tire size
Tire ply rating
Tire diameter
Tire width
Weight
300 ft-lbs
406 Nm
225 ft-lbs
305 Nm
26 x 12D380
6
26 in
66 cm
12 in
30 cm
177.5 lbs (
+
/
-
7.5 lbs)
80.5 kg (
+
/
-
3.4 kg)
26 x 12D380
6
26 in
66 cm
12 in
30 cm
177.5 lbs (
+
/
-
7.5 lbs)
80.5 kg (
+
/
-
3.4 kg)
For operational specifications, refer to the
Operator's Manual.
Continuous improvement of our products is a
Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to change without notice.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 2 - 1
Section 2 • Specifications November 2014
SPECIFICATIONS
Performance Specifications
Drive speed, maximum
Platform stowed
Low torque
Platform stowed
High torque
Platform raised
3.5 mph
5.6 km/h
40 ft / 7.2 sec
12.2 m / 7.2 sec
0.9 mph
1.4 km/h
40 ft / 24.8 sec
12.2 m / 24.8 sec
0.3 mph
0.5 km/h
40 ft / 91 sec
12.2 m / 91 sec
Braking distance, maximum
High range on paved surface
Gradeability
less than 2 ft less than 0.6 m
See Operator's Manual
Function speed, maximum from platform controls
(with maximum rated load in platform)
GS-2669 RT
Platform up
Platform down
GS-3369 RT
29 to 39 seconds
26 to 36 seconds
34 to 44 seconds
24 to 34 seconds
Platform up
Platform down
GS-4069 RT
Platform up
Platform down
Outrigger leveling, maximum
Front
Back
Side to side
56 to 66 seconds
26 to 36 seconds
5.3°
4.2°
11.7°
Continuous improvement of our products is a
Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to change without notice.
2 - 2 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 2 • Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulic Specifications
Hydraulic Oil Specifications
Hydraulic oil type Chevron Rando HD MV equivalent
Viscosity grade Multi-viscosity
Viscosity index 200
Cleanliness level, minimum
Water content, maximum
15/13
200 ppm
Chevron Rando HD MV oil is fully compatible and mixable with Shell Donax TG (Dexron III) oils.
Genie specifications require hydraulic oils which are designed to give maximum protection to hydraulic systems, have the ability to perform over a wide temperature range, and the viscosity index should exceed 140. They should provide excellent antiwear, oxidation, corrosion inhibition, seal conditioning, and foam and aeration suppression properties.
Optional fluids
Biodegradable
Fire resistant
Mineral based
Petro Canada Environ MV 46
Statoil Hydra Way Bio Pa 32
BP Biohyd SE-S
UCON Hydrolube HP-5046
Quintolubric 822
Shell Tellus S2 V 32
Shell Tellus S2 V 46
Chevron Aviation A
Arnica 32
Continued use of Chevron Aviation
A hydraulic fluid when ambient temperatures are consistently above 32°F / 0°C may result in component damage.
Note: Use Chevron Aviation A hydraulic fluid when ambient temperatures are consistently below
0°F / -17°C.
Note: Use Shell Tellus S2 V 46 hydraulic oil when oil temperatures consistently exceed 205°F / 96°C.
Note: Genie specifications require additional equipment and special installation instructions for the approved optional fluids. Consult the Genie
Service Department before use.
Part No. 229753
Continuous improvement of our products is a
Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to change without notice.
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 2 - 3
Section 2 • Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulic Components
Specifications
Function pump
Type:
Displacement per revolution
Flow rate @ 3000 rpm
Hydraulic tank return filter
Function manifold
System relief valve pressure gear pump
1.0 cu in
16 cc
13 gpm
48 L/min
10 micron with
25 psi / 1.7 bar bypass
Lift relief valve pressure
GS-2669 RT
Lift relief valve pressure
GS-3369 RT
Lift relief valve pressure
GS-4069 RT
Oscillate relief valve pressure
Steer flow regulator
Lift / Outrigger flow regulator
Oscillate flow regulator
3500 psi
241 bar
3100 psi
214 bar
2900 psi
200 bar
2850 psi
197 bar
3300 psi
228 bar
2 gpm
7.6 L/min
6 gpm
23 L/min
1 gpm
4 L/min
Traction manifold
Traction relief valve pressure
Generator manifold
Relief valve pressure
Flow rate
Drive motors
Displacement, fixed
(steer end)
Displacement, variable
(non-steer end)
November 2014
2500 psi
172 bar
2700 psi
186 bar
7 gpm
26 L/min
22.9 cu in
375 cc
.54 - 1.53 cu in
8.8 - 25 cc
Continuous improvement of our products is a
Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to change without notice.
2 - 4 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
Manifold Component
Specifications
Plug torque
SAE No. 4
SAE No. 6
SAE No. 8
SAE No. 10
13 ft-lbs / 18 Nm
18 ft-lbs / 24 Nm
50 ft-lbs / 68 Nm
55 ft-lbs / 75 Nm
Section 2 • Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Part No. 229753
Continuous improvement of our products is a
Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to change without notice.
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 2 - 5
Section 2 • Specifications November 2014
SPECIFICATIONS
Kubota D1105 Engine
Displacement
Number of cylinders
Bore and stroke
68.53 cu in
1.123 liters
3
3.07 x 3.09 inches
78 x 78.4 mm
Horsepower,
gross intermittent
Firing order
Compression ratio
Compression pressure
Low idle
Frequency
High idle
Frequency
Governor
Valve clearance, cold
Engine coolant capacity
24.8 @ 3000 rpm
18.5 kW
1 - 2 - 3
24:1
412 to 469 psi
28.4 to 32.3 bar
1500 rpm
25 hz
3000 rpm
50 hz centrifugal mechanical
0.0057 to 0.0072 in
0.145 to 0.185 mm
3.3 quarts
3.1 liters
Lubrication system
Oil pressure
Oil capacity (including filter)
28 to 64 psi
1.93 to 4.41 bar
5.4 quarts
5.1 liters
Oil viscosity requirements
Units ship with 15W-40.
Extreme operating temperatures may require the use of alternative engine oils. For oil requirements, refer to the
Engine Operator Handbook on your machine.
Injection system
Injection pump make
Injection timing
Injection pump pressure
Bosch MD
18° BTDC
1991 psi
137 bar
Fuel requirement
For fuel requirements, refer to the engine Operator's
Manual on your machine.
Battery
Type
Group
Quantity
12V DC
34/78
1
75 A Ampere hour
Cold cranking ampere
Reserve capacity @ 25A rate
Alternator
900A
120 minutes
Output
Fan belt deflection inch
7 to 9 mm
40A, 14V DC
0.28 to 0.35
Continuous improvement of our products is a
Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to change without notice.
2 - 6 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 2 • Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Kubota WG972 Engine
Displacement
Number of cylinders
Bore & stroke
58.7 cu in
0.96 liters
3
2.93 x 2.90 inches
74.5 x 73.6 mm
Horsepower,
Gross intermittent
Firing order
Compression ratio
Compression pressure
29.0 @ 3200 rpm
21.6 kW @ 3200 rpm
1 - 2 - 3
9.2:1
128 to 185 psi
8.8 to 12.7 bar
Low idle
Frequency
High idle
Frequency
1500 rpm
25 hz
3000 rpm
50 hz
Governor
centrifugal flyweight mechanical
Valve clearances, cold
0.0057 to 0.0073 inches
0.145 to 0.185 mm
Engine coolant capacity
2.4 quarts
2.3 liters
Lubrication system
Oil pressure
(operating temperature @ 3850 rpm)
Oil capacity (including filter)
28 to 64 psi
1.9 to 4.4 bar
3.6 quarts
3.4 liters
Oil viscosity requirements
Units ship with 15W-40.
Extreme operating temperatures may require the use of alternative engine oils. For oil requirements, refer to the
Engine Operator Handbook on your machine.
Fuel pump
Fuel pressure, static
Fuel flow rate
2.84 psi
0.19 bar
0.125 gpm
0.47 L/min
Starter motor
Brush length, new
Brush length wear limit
Brush spring tension
0.669 in
17 mm
0.453 in
11.5 mm
50 to 91 ounces
13.7 to 25.5 N
Battery
Type
Group
Quantity
Ampere hour
Cold cranking ampere
Reserve capacity at 25A rate
12V DC
34/78
1
75AH
900A
120 minutes
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 2 - 7
Section 2 • Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Ignition System
Ignition spark advance
Ignition coil primary resistance
Ignition coil secondary resistance
#1 Spark plug wire resistance
#2 Spark plug wire resistance
#3 Spark plug wire resistance
Spark plug type
Spark plug gap
21° BTDC
1.3 to 1.6
Ω
@ 75°F / 24°C
10.7 to 14.5 k
Ω
@ 75°F / 24°C
2.81 to 4.79k
Ω
3.4 to 5.8k
Ω
3.57 to 6.09k
Ω
NGK BKR4E-11
0.024 to 0.028 inches
0.6 to 0.7 mm
Alternator
Output
Fan belt deflection
30A, 14V DC
0.28 to 0.35 inch
7.0 to 9.0 mm
November 2014
Continuous improvement of our products is a
Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to change without notice.
2 - 8 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 2 • Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Perkins 403D-11 Engine
Displacement
Number of cylinders
Bore and stroke
68.9 cu in
1.1 liters
3
3.03 x 3.19 inches
77 x 81 mm
Horsepower,
Firing order
net intermittent
Compression ratio
25 @ 3000 rpm
18.6 kW
1 - 2 - 3
23:1
Compression pressure
Pressure of the lowest cylinder must be within
50 psi / 3.5 bar of the highest cylinder, though at no time less than 360 psi / 25 bar
425 psi
29 bar
Low idle
Frequency
High idle
Frequency
Governor
1500 rpm
25 hz
3000 rpm
50 hz
Valve clearance, cold
all-speed mechanical
0.0078 in
0.2 mm
Engine coolant capacity
2.0 quarts
1.9 liters
Engine coolant should be clean soft water with 50% anti freeze concentration ethylene glycol to BS
6580:1992 or ASTMD 3306-89 or AS 2108-1977
Lubrication system
Oil pressure
(hot @ 2000 rpm)
Oil capacity (including filter)
40 to 60 psi
3 to 4 bar
4.6 quarts
4.4 liters
Oil viscosity requirements
Units ship with 15W-40.
Extreme operating temperatures may require the use of alternative engine oils. For oil requirements, refer to the
Engine Operator Handbook on your machine.
Injection system
Injection pump make
Injection timing
Injection pump pressure
Fuel requirement
Battery
Type
Group
Quantity
Ampere hour
Cold cranking ampere
Reserve capacity @ 25A rate
Alternator
Output
Fan belt deflection
Bosch
23° BTDC @ 3000 rpm
2133 psi
150 bar diesel number 2-D
12V DC
34/78
1
75AH
900A
120 minutes
40A, 12V DC
3 /
16 inch
5 mm
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 2 - 9
Section 2 • Specifications November 2014
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulic Hose and Fitting
Torque Specifications
Your machine is equipped with Parker Seal-Lok
™
ORFS or 37° JIC fittings and hose ends.
Genie specifications require that fittings and hose ends be torqued to specification when they are removed and installed or when new hoses or fittings are installed.
SAE Dash size
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-16
-20
-24
Seal-Lok
™
Fittings
(hose end - ORFS)
Torque
10 ft-lbs / 13.6 Nm
30 ft-lbs / 40.7 Nm
40 ft-lbs / 54.2 Nm
60 ft-lbs / 81.3 Nm
85 ft-lbs / 115 Nm
110 ft-lbs / 150 Nm
140 ft-lbs / 190 Nm
180 ft-lbs / 245 Nm
SAE Dash size
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-16
-20
-24
JIC 37° Fittings
(swivel nut or hose connection)
Thread Size
7
/
16
-20
9
/
16
-18
3
/
4
-16
7
/
8
-14
1
1
/
16
-12
1
5
/
16
-12
1
5
/
8
-12
1
7
/
8
-12
1
1
1
1
Flats
2
1
1
/
4
1
1
SAE O-ring Boss Port
(tube fitting - installed into Aluminum)
(all types)
SAE Dash size
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-16
-20
-24
Torque
14 ft-lbs / 19 Nm
23 ft-lbs / 31.2 Nm
36 ft-lbs / 54.2 Nm
62 ft-lbs / 84 Nm
84 ft-lbs / 114 Nm
125 ft-lbs / 169.5 Nm
151 ft-lbs / 204.7 Nm
184 ft-lbs / 249.5 Nm
Jamb nut
Non-adjustable fitting (Non-adj)
Adjustable fitting (Adj)
SAE O-ring Boss Port
(tube fitting - installed into Steel)
SAE Dash size
-4 ORFS / 37° (Adj)
ORFS (Non-adj)
37° (Non-adj)
-6 ORFS (Adj / Non-adj)
37° (Adj / Non-adj)
-8 ORFS (Adj / Non-adj)
37° (Adj / Non-adj)
-10 ORFS (Adj / Non-adj)
37° (Adj / Non-adj)
-12 (All types)
-16 (All types)
-20 (All types)
-24 (All types)
Torque
15 ft-lbs / 20.3 Nm
26 ft-lbs / 35.3 Nm
22 ft-lbs / 30 Nm
35 ft-lbs / 47.5 Nm
29 ft-lbs / 39.3 Nm
60 ft-lbs / 81.3 Nm
52 ft-lbs / 70.5 Nm
100 ft-lbs / 135.6 Nm
85 ft-lbs / 115.3 Nm
135 ft-lbs / 183 Nm
200 ft-lbs / 271.2 Nm
250 ft-lbs / 339 Nm
305 ft-lbs / 413.5 Nm
2 - 10 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 2 • Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Torque Procedure
Seal-Lok™ fittings
1 Replace the O-ring. The O-ring must be replaced anytime the seal has been broken. The O-ring cannot be re-used if the fitting or hose end has been tightened beyond finger tight.
Note: The O-rings used in the Parker Seal Lok™ fittings and hose ends are custom-size O-rings.
They are not standard SAE size O-rings. They are available in the O-ring field service kit (Genie part number 49612).
2 Lubricate the O-ring before installation.
3 Be sure that the face seal O-ring is seated and retained properly.
4 Position the tube and nut squarely on the face seal end of the fitting and tighten the nut finger tight.
5 Tighten the nut or fitting to the appropriate torque per given size as shown in the table.
6 Operate all machine functions and inspect the hoses and fittings and related components to confirm that there are no leaks.
JIC 37° fittings
1 Align the tube flare (hex nut) against the nose of the fitting body (body hex fitting) and tighten the hex nut to the body hex fitting to hand-tight, approximately 30 in-lbs / 3.4 Nm.
2 Make a reference mark on one of the flats of the hex nut, and continue it on to the body hex fitting with a permanent ink marker. Refer to
Figure 1.
c a b
Figure 1 a hex nut b reference mark c body hex fitting
3 Working clockwise on the body hex fitting, make a second mark with a permanent ink marker to indicate the proper tightening position. Refer to
Figure 2.
Note: Use the JIC 37° Fittings table on the previous page to determine the correct number of flats for the proper tightening position.
Note: The marks indicate that the correct tightening positions have been determined. Use the second mark on the body hex fitting to properly tighten the joint after it has been loosened.
b c a b
Figure 2 a body hex fitting b reference mark c second mark
4 Tighten the hex nut until the mark on the hex nut is aligned with the second mark on the body hex fitting.
5 Operate all machine functions and inspect the hoses and fittings and related components to confirm that there are no leaks.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 2 - 11
Section 2 • Specifications November 2014
SPECIFICATIONS
4.6
8.8
10.9
12.9
2 - 12 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Observe and Obey:
Maintenance inspections shall be completed by a person trained and qualified on the maintenance of this machine.
Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be completed daily, quarterly, semiannually, annually and every 2 years as specified on the
Maintenance Inspection Report.
Failure to perform each procedure as presented and scheduled could result in death, serious injury or substantial damage.
Immediately tag and remove from service a damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunction before operating the machine.
Use only Genie approved replacement parts.
Machines that have been out of service for a period longer than 3 months must complete the quarterly inspection.
Unless otherwise specified, perform each maintenance procedure with the machine in the following configuration:
• Machine parked on a firm, level surface
• Platform in the stowed position
• Key switch in the off position with the key removed
• The red Emergency Stop button in the off position at both ground and platform controls
• Wheels chocked
• All external AC power supply disconnected from the machine
About This Section
This section contains detailed procedures for each scheduled maintenance inspection.
Each procedure includes a description, safety warnings and step-by-step instructions.
Symbols Legend
Safety alert symbol—used to alert personnel to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may cause minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage.
Indicates that a specific result is expected after performing a series of steps.
Indicates that an incorrect result has occurred after performing a series of steps.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 1
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Maintenance Symbols Legend
Note: The following symbols have been used in this manual to help communicate the intent of the instructions. When one or more of the symbols appear at the beginning of a maintenance procedure, it conveys the meaning below.
Indicates that tools will be required to perform this procedure.
Indicates that new parts will be required to perform this procedure.
Indicates that a cold engine will be required to perform this procedure.
Indicates that a warm engine will be required to perform this procedure.
Indicates that dealer service will be required to perform this procedure.
Pre-delivery Preparation Report
The pre-delivery preparation report contains checklists for each type of scheduled inspection.
Make copies of the Pre-delivery Preparation report to use for each inspection. Store completed forms as required.
Maintenance Schedule
There are five types of maintenance inspections that must be performed according to a schedule— daily, quarterly, semiannually, annually, and two year. The Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Section and the Maintenance Inspection Report have been divided into five subsections—A, B, C,
D, and E. Use the following chart to determine which group(s) of procedures are required to perform a scheduled inspection.
Inspection
Daily or every 8 hours
Quarterly or every 250 hours
Semiannually or every 500 hours
Annually or every 1000 hours
Two year or every 2000 hours
Checklist
A
A + B
A + B + C
A + B + C + D
A + B + C + D + E
Maintenance Inspection Report
The maintenance inspection report contains checklists for each type of scheduled inspection.
Make copies of the Maintenance Inspection Report to use for each inspection. Maintain completed forms for a minimum of 4 years or in compliance with your employer, jobsite and governmental regulations and requirements.
3 - 2 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
Pre-Deliver y Preparation
Fundamentals
It is the responsibility of the dealer to perform the
Pre-delivery Preparation.
The Pre-delivery Preparation is performed prior to each delivery. The inspection is designed to discover if anything is apparently wrong with a machine before it is put into service.
A damaged or modified machine must never be used.
If damage or any variation from factory delivered condition is discovered, the machine must be tagged and removed from service.
Repairs to the machine may only be made by a qualified service technician, according to the manufacturer's specifications.
Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be performed by qualified service technicians, according to the manufacturer's specifications and the requirements listed in the responsibilities manual.
Instructions
Use the operator’s manual on your machine.
The Pre-delivery Preparation consists of completing the Pre-operation Inspection, the Maintenance items and the Function Tests.
Use this form to record the results. Place a check in the appropriate box after each part is completed.
Follow the instructions in the operator’s manual.
If any inspection receives an N, remove the machine from service, repair and reinspect it. After repair, place a check in the R box.
Legend
Y = yes, completed
N = no, unable to complete
R = repaired
Comments
Pre-Delivery Preparation
Pre-operation inspection completed
Maintenance items completed
Function tests completed
Y N R
Terex South Dakota, Inc. USA
500 Oak Wood Road
PO Box 1150
Watertown, SD 57201-6150
(605) 882-4000
Genie UK
The Maltings, Wharf Road
Grantham, Lincolnshire
NG31- 6BH England
(44) 1476-584333
Copyright © 2011 Terex Corporation. Genie® is a registered trademark of Terex South
Dakota, Inc. 133192 Rev D
Model
Serial number
Date
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
This page intentionally left blank.
3 - 4 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Maintenance Inspection Report
Model
Serial number
Date
Hour meter
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Instructions
• Make copies of this report to use for each inspection.
• Select the appropriate checklist(s) for the type of inspection to be performed.
Daily or 8 hours
Inspection:
Quarterly or 250 hours
Inspection:
A
A+B
Semiannually or 500 hours
Inspection: A+B+C
Annually or 1000 hours
Inspection: A+B+C+D
Two year or 2000 hours
Inspection: A+B+C+D+E
• Place a check in the appropriate box after each inspection procedure is completed.
• Use the step-by-step procedures in this section to learn how to perform these inspections.
• If any inspection receives an “N”, tag and remove the machine from service, repair and reinspect it. After repair, place a check in the “R” box.
Legend
Y = yes, acceptable
N = no, remove from service
R = repaired
Checklist A
A-1 Manuals and decals
A-2 Pre-operation inspect
A-3 Function tests
A-4 Engine maintenance
A-5 Test the oscillate
Perform every 40 hours:
A-6 Engine air filter
Perform after 40 hours:
A-7 30 day service
Perform after 50 hours:
A-8 Engine maintenance -
Kubota models
Perform every 50 hours:
A-9 Engine maintenance -
Kubota models
Perform every 100 hours:
A-10 Engine maintenance -
Kubota models
Perform every 150 hours:
A-11 Drive hub oil
Perform every 200 hours:
A-12 Engine maintenance -
Kubota models
A-13 Drain filter/separator -
Kubota diesel models
Perform every 1-2 months:
A-14 Engine maintenance -
Kubota diesel models
Y N R
Comments
Checklist B
B-1 Battery
B-2 Electrical wiring
B-3 Tires and wheels
B-4 Engine maintenance -
Perkins models
B-5 Key switch
B-6 Emergency Stop
B-7 Horn
B-8 Fuel select -
Gasoline/LPG models
B-9 Drive brakes
B-10 Drive speed - stowed
B-11 Drive speed - raised
B-12 Fuel tank check valve -
Gas / LPG Models
B-13 Tank venting systems
B-14 Hydraulic oil analysis
B-15 Flashing beacons
(if equipped)
B-16 Drive hub oil
Perform every 400 hours:
B-17 Engine maintenance -
Kubota diesel models
Y N R
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 5
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
MAINTENANCE INSPECTION REPORT
Model
Serial number
Date
Hour meter
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Instructions
• Make copies of this report to use for each inspection.
• Select the appropriate checklist(s) for the type of inspection to be performed.
Daily or 8 hours
Inspection:
Quarterly or 250 hours
Inspection:
A
A+B
Semiannually or 500 hours
Inspection: A+B+C
Annually or 1000 hours
Inspection: A+B+C+D
Two year or 2000 hours
Inspection: A+B+C+D+E
• Place a check in the appropriate box after each inspection procedure is completed.
• Use the step-by-step procedures in this section to learn how to perform these inspections.
• If any inspection receives an “N”, tag and remove the machine from service, repair and reinspect it. After repair, place a check in the “R” box.
Legend
Y = yes, acceptable
N = no, remove from service
R = repaired
Comments
Checklist C
C-1 Platform overload
(if equipped)
C-2 Down limit switch delay
(if equipped)
C-3 Fuel tank -
Diesel models
C-4 Breather cap - models with optional oil
C-5 Engine maintenance -
Diesel models
Perform every 800 hours:
C-6 Engine maintenance -
Kubota diesel models
Y N R
Checklist D
D-1 Scissor arm wear pads
D-2 Hydraulic filter
D-3 Engine maintenance -
Kubota models
D-4 Engine maintenance -
Perkins models
D-5 Engine maintenance -
Gas/LPG models
D-6 Drive hub oil
Perform every 1500 hours:
D-7 Engine maintenance -
Kubota diesel models
Y N R
Checklist E
E-1 Test or replace hydraulic oil
E-2 Engine maintenance -
Perkins models
E-3 Engine maintenance -
Gasoline/LPG models
E-4 Engine maintenance -
Kubota diesel models
Perform every 3000 hours:
E-5 Engine maintenance -
Perkins models
E-6 Engine maintenance -
Kubota diesel models
Y N R
3 - 6 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Checklist A Procedures
A-1
Inspect the Manuals and Decals
Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 8 hours or daily, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the operator’s and safety manuals in good condition is essential to safe machine operation. Manuals are included with each machine and should be stored in the container provided in the platform. An illegible or missing manual will not provide safety and operational information necessary for a safe operating condition.
In addition, maintaining all of the safety and instructional decals in good condition is mandatory for safe machine operation. Decals alert operators and personnel to the many possible hazards associated with using this machine. They also provide users with operation and maintenance information. An illegible decal will fail to alert personnel of a procedure or hazard and could result in unsafe operating conditions.
1 Check to make sure that the operator's and safety manuals are present and complete in the storage container on the platform.
2 Examine the pages of each manual to be sure that they are legible and in good condition.
Result: The operator's manual is appropriate for the machine and all manuals are legible and in good condition.
Result: The operator's manual is not appropriate for the machine or all manuals are not in good condition or is illegible. Remove the machine from service until the manual is replaced.
3 Open the operator's manual to the decals inspection section. Carefully and thoroughly inspect all decals on the machine for legibility and damage.
Result: The machine is equipped with all required decals, and all decals are legible and in good condition.
Result: The machine is not equipped with all required decals, or one or more decals are illegible or in poor condition. Remove the machine from service until the decals are replaced.
4 Always return the manuals to the storage container after use.
Note: Contact your authorized Genie distributor or
Genie Industries if replacement manuals or decals are needed.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 7
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-2
Perform Pre-operation
Inspection
Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 8 hours or daily, whichever comes first.
Completing a Pre-operation Inspection is essential to safe machine operation. The Pre-operation
Inspection is a visual inspection performed by the operator prior to each work shift. The inspection is designed to discover if anything is apparently wrong with a machine before the operator performs the function tests. The Pre-operation Inspection also serves to determine if routine maintenance procedures are required.
Complete information to perform this procedure is available in the appropriate operator's manual.
Refer to the Operator's Manual on your machine.
A-3
Perform Function Tests
Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 8 hours or daily, whichever comes first.
Completing the function tests is essential to safe machine operation. Function tests are designed to discover any malfunctions before the machine is put into service. A malfunctioning machine must never be used. If malfunctions are discovered, the machine must be tagged and removed from service.
Complete information to perform this procedure is available in the appropriate operator's manual.
Refer to the Operator's Manual on your machine.
3 - 8 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-4
Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 8 hours or daily, whichever comes first.
• Check oil level
• Check radiator level
• Oil or coolant leaks
• Loose or missing fasteners
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166) OR the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2) OR the
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
(Perkins part number SEBU8311-01).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
131379
234803
131661
A-5
Test the Oscillate Axle
Note: Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed daily or every 8 hours, whichever comes first.
The oscillate system is designed so that all four tires maintain firm contact to the ground on unlevel terrain improving traction and machine stability.
Proper axle oscillation is essential to safe machine operation. If the axle oscillation system is not operating correctly, the stability of the machine is compromised and it may tip over.
1 Start the engine from the platform controls.
Select the high idle function.
Test the Oscillate System (stowed position):
2 Drive the left steer tire up onto a 4 in / 10 cm high ramp.
Result: All four tires should maintain firm contact with the ground.
3 Drive the right steer tire up onto a 4 in / 10 cm high ramp.
Result: All four tires should maintain firm contact with the ground.
Test the Oscillate System (elevated position):
4 Push and hold the lift function enable button and raise the platform between 7 ft / 213 cm to
9 ft / 274 cm.
5 Drive the left steer tire into a 4 in / 10 cm deep hole.
Result: All four tires should maintain firm contact with the ground.
6 Drive the right steer tire into a 4 in / 10 cm deep hole.
Result: All four tires should maintain firm contact with the ground.
Note: Verify there are no fault codes shown on the ground control display.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 9
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-6
Inspect the Engine Air Filter
Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 40 hours or weekly, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the engine air filter in good condition is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform this procedure can lead to poor engine performance and component damage.
1 Kubota WG972 models: Remove the engine tray flange nut, located under the radiator on the engine pivot tray. Swing the engine pivot tray out and away from the machine for access.
2 Kubota D1105 models: Remove the wing nut securing the end cap to the air cleaner canister.
Remove the end cap.
All other models:
Disconnect the retaining clamps securing the end cap to the air cleaner canister. Remove the end cap.
3 Remove the air filter element.
4 Clean the inside of the air filter canister and the canister gasket with a damp cloth.
5 Inspect for and remove any blockage or debris from the intake air passages.
6 Inspect the air filter element. If needed, blow from the inside out using low pressure dry compressed air, or carefully tap out dust.
7 Securely install the filter element into the canister.
8 Install the gasket and baffle (if equipped), and end cap onto the air cleaner canister.
Note: Be sure the dust discharge valve is facing down when installed.
9 Secure the end cap to the air cleaner cannister with the retaining clamps.
10 Kubota WG972 models: Swing the engine pivot tray back to its original position and secure with the flange nut.
3 - 10 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-7
Perform 30 Day Service
The 30 day maintenance procedure is a one-time sequence of procedures to be performed after the first 30 days or 40 hours of usage. After this interval, refer to the maintenance checklists for continued scheduled maintenance.
1 Perform the following maintenance procedures:
Kubota models:
• B-3
• B-8
Inspect the Tires, Wheels and
Lug Nut Torque
Check the Oil Level in the Drive
Hubs
• D-2 Replace the Hydraulic Tank
Return Filter
Perkins models:
• B-3
• B-4
• B-8
• C-4
• D-2
Inspect the Tires, Wheels and
Lug Nut Torque
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Perkins Models
Check the Oil Level in the Drive
Hubs
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Diesel Models
Replace the Hydraulic Tank
Return Filter
A-8
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Models
Engine specifications require that this one time procedure be performed after the first 50 hours of operation.
• Change engine oil
• Replace oil filter
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166) OR the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Kubota DF972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
131379
234803
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 11
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-9
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 50 hours or weekly, whichever comes first.
Kubota D1105:
• Check fuel lines and clamps
Kubota WG972:
• Check fuel lines and clamps
• Clean air filter
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166) OR the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
A-10
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 100 hours.
Kubota D1105:
• Clean air filter
• Clean fuel filter
• Inspect fan belt
Kubota WG972:
• Clean fuel filter
• Inspect fan belt
• Inspect spark plugs
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166) OR the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2).
131379
234803
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
131379
234803
3 - 12 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-11
Replace the Drive Hub Oil
Note: Manufacturer drive hub specifications require that this one-time procedure be performed after the first 150 hours.
Replacing the drive hub oil is essential for good machine performance and service life. Failure to replace the drive hub oil after the first 150 hours of use may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage.
1 Select the drive hub to be serviced. Drive the machine until one of the two plugs is at the lowest point.
2 Remove both plugs and drain the oil into a suitable container.
3 Drive the machine until one of the two plugs is at the highest point.
a
A-12
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 200 hours.
• Change engine oil
• Replace oil filter
• Inspect radiator hoses and clamps
• Inspect air intake hose (Kubota D1105)
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166) OR the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
131379
234803 a drive hub plugs
4 Fill the hub until the oil level is even with the bottom of the lowest plug hole. Refer to Section
2, Specifications.
5 Install the plugs into the drive hub.
6 Repeat this procedure for the other drive hub.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 13
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-13
Drain the Fuel Filter/ Water
Separator - Kubota Diesel
Models
Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 200 hours or monthly, whichever comes first.
Proper maintenance of the fuel filter/water separator is essential for good engine performance. Failure to perform this procedure can lead to poor engine performance and component damage.
Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Perform this procedure in an open, wellventilated area away from heaters, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach.
1 Locate the fuel filter/water separator and loosen the vent plug located on the fuel filter/water separator head.
2 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom of the bowl. Allow the water to drain into a suitable container until fuel starts to come out.
Immediately tighten the drain plug.
a b a head bolt b vent plug c separator head d filter bowl e drain plug
3 Tighten the vent plug and clean up any spills or wet surfaces.
Note: If the fuel bowl is completely drained, you must prime, or bleed, the fuel filter/water separator before starting the engine. See step 5.
4 Start the engine from the ground controls and check the fuel filter/water separator for leaks.
c d e
3 - 14 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
Bleed the fuel system:
Note: Before bleeding the system, fill the fuel tank.
5 Loosen the vent plug/screw located on the filter head.
6 Operate the hand primer until fuel, free of air, flows from the vent plug/screw. Tighten the vent plug/screw on the filter head.
7 Loosen the vent screw, located on top of the fuel injection pump.
8 Operate the hand primer until fuel, free of air, flows from the vent plug/screw. Tighten the vent plug/screw on the injection pump.
9 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
10 Attempt to start the engine using the starter motor for a maximum of 15 seconds, resting the starter for 30 seconds before trying again.
11 Inspect the fuel filter/water separator for leaks.
Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuel leak is discovered, keep any additional personnel from entering the area and do not operate the machine. Repair the leak immediately.
Note: Information to perform this procedure is also available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166) OR the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131379
A-14
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Diesel Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every one or two months.
• Recharge battery
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131379
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 15
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Checklist B Procedures
November 2014
B-1
Inspect the Battery
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper battery condition is essential to good machine performance and operational safety.
Improper fluid levels or damaged cables and connections can result in component damage and hazardous conditions.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry.
Bodily injury hazard. Batteries contain acid. Avoid spilling or contacting battery acid. Neutralize battery acid spills with baking soda and water.
1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
2 Be sure that the battery cable connections are free of corrosion.
Note: Adding terminal protectors and a corrosion preventative sealant will help eliminate corrosion on the battery terminals and cables.
3 Be sure that the battery retainers and cable connections are tight.
4 Fully charge the battery. Allow the battery to rest 24 hours before performing this procedure to allow the battery cells to equalize.
5 Remove the battery vent caps and check the specific gravity of each battery cell with a hydrometer. Note the results.
6 Check the ambient air temperature and adjust the specific gravity reading for each cell as follows:
• Add 0.004 to the reading of each cell for every 10° F / 5.5° C above 80° F / 26.7° C.
• Subtract 0.004 from the reading of each cell for every 10° F / 5.5° C below 80° F / 26.7° C.
Result: All battery cells display an adjusted specific gravity of 1.277 +/- 0.007. The battery is fully charged. Proceed to step 10.
Result: One or more battery cells display a specific gravity of 1.269 or below. Proceed to step 7.
7 Perform an equalizing charge OR fully charge the batteries and allow the battery to rest at least 6 hours.
8 Remove the battery vent caps and check the specific gravity of each battery cell with a hydrometer. Note the results.
3 - 16 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
9 Check the ambient air temperature and adjust the specific gravity reading for each cell as follows:
• Add 0.004 to the reading of each cell for every 10° F / 5.5° C above 80° F / 26.7° C.
• Subtract 0.004 from the reading of each cell for every 10° F / 5.5° C below 80° F / 26.7° C.
Result: All battery cells display a specific gravity of 1.277 +/- 0.007. The battery is fully charged. Proceed to step 10.
Result: One or more battery cells display a specific gravity from 1.269 to 1.218. The battery is still usable, but at a lower performance so will need to be recharged more often. Proceed to step 11.
Result: One or more battery cells display a specific gravity from 1.217 to 1.173. The battery is approaching the end of its life. Proceed to step 11.
Result: The difference in specific gravity readings between cells is greater than 0.1 OR the specific gravity of one or more cells is 1.172
or less. Replace the battery.
10 Check the battery acid level. If needed, replenish with distilled water to
1
/
8
inch / 3 mm below the bottom of the battery fill tube. Do not overfill.
11 Install the vent caps and neutralize any electrolyte that may have spilled.
B-2
Inspect the Electrical Wiring
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Maintaining electrical wiring in good condition is essential to safe operation and good machine performance. Failure to find and replace burnt, chafed, corroded or pinched wires could result in unsafe operating conditions and may cause component damage.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contact with hot or live circuits may result in death or serious injury.
Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry.
1 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed, corroded and loose wires:
• Ground control panel
• Hydraulic tray
• Engine tray
• Scissor arms
• Platform controls
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 17
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
2 Inspect for a liberal coating of dielectric grease in the following locations:
• Between the ECM and platform controls
• All wire harness connectors
• Level sensor
3 Turn the key switch to ground control and pull out the Emergency Stop button to the
ON position at both the ground and platform controls.
4 Start the engine and raise the platform approximately 10 feet / 3 m from the ground.
5 Lift the safety arm, move to the center of the scissor arm and rotate down to a vertical position.
6 Lower the platform onto the safety arm.
Crushing hazard. Keep hands clear of the safety arm when lowering the platform.
7 Inspect the center chassis area and scissor arms for burnt, chafed and pinched cables.
8 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed, corroded, pinched and loose wires:
• ECM to platform controls
• Power to platform wiring
9 Raise the platform and return the safety arm to the stowed position.
10 Lower the platform to the stowed position and turn the machine off.
B-3
Inspect the Tires, Wheels and
Lug Bolt Torque
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the tires and wheels in good condition is essential to safe operation and good performance. Tire and/or wheel failure could result in a machine tip-over. Component damage may also result if problems are not discovered and repaired in a timely fashion.
1 Check the tire tread and sidewalls for cuts, cracks, punctures and unusual wear.
2 Check each wheel for damage, bends and cracked welds.
3 Remove the castle nut lock plate or cotter pin and check each castle nut for proper torque.
Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Note: Always replace the cotter pin with a new one when removing the castle nut or checking the torque of the castle nut.
4 Check each lug bolt for proper torque.
5 Install the castle nut lock plate using a new lock washer OR install a new cotter pin and secure.
3 - 18 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-4
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Perkins Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or six months, whichever comes first.
• Inspect alternator and fan belts
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
(Perkins part number SEBU8311-01).
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131661
B-5
Test the Key Switch
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper key switch action and response is essential to safe machine operation. The machine can be operated from the ground or platform controls and the activation of one or the other is accomplished with the key switch. Failure of the key switch to activate the appropriate control panel could cause a hazardous operating situation.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the
ON
position at both the ground and platform controls.
2 Turn the key switch to platform control.
3 Check the platform up/down function from the
ground controls
.
Result: The machine functions should not operate.
4 Turn the key switch to ground control.
5 Check the machine functions from the platform
controls
.
Result: The machine functions should not operate.
6 Turn the key switch to the
OFF
position.
Result: The engine should stop and no functions should operate.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 19
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-6
Test the Emergency Stop
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
A properly functioning Emergency Stop is essential for safe machine operation. An improperly operating red Emergency Stop button will fail to shut off power and stop all machine functions, resulting in a hazardous situation.
Note: As a safety feature, selecting and operating the ground controls will override the platform controls, except the platform red Emergency Stop button.
1 Start the engine from ground controls.
2 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position.
Result: The engine should shut off and no machine functions should operate.
3 Start the engine from platform controls.
4 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position.
Result: The engine should shut off and no machine functions should operate.
Note: The red Emergency Stop button at the ground controls should stop all machine operation, even if the key switch is switched to platform control.
B-7
Test the Automotive-style Horn
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
A functioning horn is essential to safe machine operation. The horn is activated at the platform controls and sounds at the ground as a warning to ground personnel. An improperly functioning horn will prevent the operator from alerting ground personnel of hazards or unsafe conditions.
1 Turn the key switch to platform control and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the
ON
position at both the ground and platform controls.
2 Push down the horn button at the platform controls.
Result: The horn should sound.
Note: If necessary, the horn can be adjusted to obtain the loudest volume by turning the adjustment screw near the wire terminals on the horn.
3 - 20 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-8
Test the Fuel Select Operation -
Kubota Gas/LPG Models
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
The ability to select and switch between gasoline and LPG fuels as needed is essential to safe machine operation. A fuel selection can be made whether the engine is running or not.
Switching malfunctions and/or the failure of the engine to start and run properly in both fuel modes and through all idle speeds can indicate fuel system problems that could develop into a hazardous situation.
Note: Perform this test after checking the gasoline and LPG fuel levels, and warming the engine to normal operating temperature.
Note: Be sure that the valve on the LPG tank is in the
OPEN
position.
1 Move the fuel select toggle switch to the gasoline position at the ground controls.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls and allow the engine to run at low idle.
3 Press the high idle button at the platform controls to allow the engine to run at high idle.
Result: The high idle indicator light should be
ON and the engine should start promptly and operate smoothly in low and high idle.
4 Press the high idle button again to return the engine to low idle.
Result: The high idle indicator light should turn
OFF
and the engine should return to low idle.
5 Press the engine stop button.
Result: The engine should stop.
6 Press the LPG operation button.
Result: The LPG indicator light should be
ON
.
7 Start the engine and allow it to run at low idle.
8 Press the high idle button to allow the engine to run at high idle.
Result: The high idle indicator light should be
ON and the engine should start promptly and operate smoothly in low and high idle.
Note: The engine may hesitate momentarily and then continue to run on the selected fuel if the fuel source is switched while the engine is running.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 21
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-9
Test the Drive Brakes
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper brake action is essential to safe machine operation. The drive brake function should operate smoothly, free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise. Hydraulically-released individual wheel brakes can appear to operate normally when they are actually not fully operational.
1 Mark a test line on the ground for reference.
2 Start the engine from platform controls.
3 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use when crossing the test line.
4 Slowly move the joystick in the direction indicated by the blue arrow on the control panel until the machine begins to move, then return the joystick to the center position.
Result: The machine should move in the direction that the blue arrow points on the control panel, then come to an abrupt stop.
5 Slowly move the joystick in the direction indicated by the yellow arrow on the control panel until the machine begins to move, then return the joystick to the center position.
Result: The machine should move in the direction that the yellow arrow points on the control panel, then come to an abrupt stop.
6 Bring the machine to maximum drive speed before reaching the start line. Release the function enable switch on the joystick or release the joystick when your reference point on the machine crosses the test line.
7 Measure the distance between the test line and your machine reference point. Refer to Section
2, Specifications.
Note: The brakes must be able to hold the machine on any slope it is able to climb.
3 - 22 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-10
Test the Drive Speed -
Stowed Position
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper drive function movement is essential to safe machine operation. The drive function should respond quickly and smoothly to operator control.
Drive performance should also be free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise over the entire proportionally controlled speed range.
1 Create start and finish lines by marking two lines on the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart.
2 Turn the key switch to platform controls and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls.
3 Start the engine from the platform controls.
4 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
5 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use when crossing the start and finish lines.
6 Bring the machine to maximum forward drive speed before reaching the start line. Begin timing when your reference point on the machine crosses the start line.
7 Continue at full speed and note the time when the machine reference point passes over the finish line. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
8 Bring the machine to maximum reverse drive speed before reaching the start line. Begin timing when your reference point on the machine crosses the start line.
9 Continue at full speed and note the time when the machine reference point passes over the finish line. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 23
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-11
Test the Drive Speed -
Raised Position
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper drive function movement is essential to safe machine operation. The drive function should respond quickly and smoothly to operator control.
Drive performance should also be free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise over the entire proportionally controlled speed range.
1 Create start and finish lines by marking two lines on the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Raise the platform to approximately
8 feet / 2.4 m.
4 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use when crossing the start and finish lines.
5 Bring the machine to maximum drive speed before reaching the start line. Begin timing when your reference point on the machine crosses the start line.
6 Continue at maximum speed and note the time when your reference point on the machine crosses the finish line. Refer to Section 2,
Specifications .
Note: If the raised drive speed does not meet specifications, refer to the Repair procedure 7-2,
Function Speed Tuning .
B-12
Inspect the Fuel Tank Check
Valve Venting System -
Gas/LPG Models
Note: For machines located in the United States,
EPA Certificate 40 CFR Part 1060 requires that the check valve be in proper working condition.
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first. Perform this procedure more often if dusty conditions exist.
Free-breathing fuel tank check valve is essential for good machine performance and service life. A dirty or clogged check valve may cause the fuel tank to not vent properly. Extremely dirty conditions may require that the check valve be inspected more often.
Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Perform this procedure in an open, wellventilated area away from heaters, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach.
1 Locate the check valve near the top of the fuel tank.
2 Remove the check valve from the fuel lines.
3 - 24 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
3 Check for proper venting.
Result: Air passes through the check valve.
Proceed to step 4.
Result: If air does not pass through the check valve, replace the check valve.
Proceed to step 4.
Note: When checking for positive venting, air should pass freely through the check valve only in one direction from the tank.
4 Securely install the check valve to the fuel lines.
B-13
Inspect the Fuel and Hydraulic
Tank Cap Venting Systems
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first. Perform this procedure more often if dusty conditions exist.
Free-breathing fuel and hydraulic tank caps are essential for good machine performance and service life. A dirty or clogged tank cap may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require that the caps be inspected more often.
Note: For machines located in the United States,
EPA Certificate 40 CFR Part 1060 requires that the fuel tank cap be in proper working condition.
Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Perform this procedure in an open, wellventilated area away from heaters, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach.
1 Remove the cap from the fuel tank.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 25
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
2 Check for proper venting.
Result: Air passes through the fuel tank cap.
Proceed to step 4.
Result: If air does not pass through the cap, clean or replace the cap. Proceed to step 3.
Note: When checking for positive tank cap venting, air should pass freely through the cap only in one direction from the tank.
3 Using a mild solvent, carefully wash the cap venting system. Dry using low pressure compressed air. Repeat this procedure beginning with step 2.
4 Install the fuel tank cap onto the fuel tank.
5 Remove the breather cap from the hydraulic tank.
6 Check for proper venting.
Result: Air passes through the fuel tank cap.
Proceed to step 8.
Result: If air does not pass through the cap, clean or replace the cap. Proceed to step 7.
Note: When checking for positive tank cap venting, air should pass freely through the cap.
7 Using a mild solvent, carefully wash the cap venting system. Dry using low pressure compressed air. Repeat this procedure beginning with step 6.
8 Install the breather cap onto the hydraulic tank.
B-14
Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil is essential for good machine performance and service life. Dirty oil and a clogged suction strainer may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage.
Extremely dirty conditions may require oil changes to be performed more often.
Note: Before replacing the hydraulic oil, the oil may be tested by an oil distributor for specific levels of contamination to verify that changing the oil is necessary. If the hydraulic oil is not replaced at
the two year inspection, test the oil quarterly.
Replace the oil when it fails the test.
See E-1,
Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil.
3 - 26 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
B-15
Test the Flashing Beacons
(if equipped)
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichever comes first.
Flashing beacons are used to alert operators and ground personnel of machine proximity and motion. The flashing beacons are located on both sides of the machine.
1 Turn the key switch to ground control and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls.
Result: The beacons should flash.
2 Turn the key switch to platform controls.
Result: The beacons should flash.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-16
Check the Oil Level in the Drive Hubs
Failure to maintain proper drive hub oil levels may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage.
1 Select the drive hub to be serviced. Drive the machine until one of the two plugs is at the highest point.
a a drive hub plugs
2 Remove the plug located at 90 degrees and check the oil level.
Result: The oil level should be even with the bottom of the hole.
3 If necessary, remove the top plug and add oil until the oil level is even with the bottom of the hole.
4 Apply pipe thread sealant to the plugs and install the plugs.
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other drive hub.
6 Check the torque of the drive hub mounting bolts. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 27
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-17
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Diesel Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 400 hours.
• Replace fuel filter
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131379
November 2014
3 - 28 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Checklist C Procedures
C-1
Test the Platform Overload
System (if equipped)
Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 500 hours or six months, whichever comes first OR when the machine fails to lift the maximum rated load.
Testing the platform overload system regularly is essential to safe machine operation. Continued use of an improperly operating platform overload system could result in the system not sensing an overloaded platform condition. Machine stability could be compromised resulting in the machine tipping over.
1 Disconnect the platform controls from the machine at the platform.
2 Open the side covers at the ground controls side of the machine.
3 Locate the Electronic Control Module (ECM) wire harness 6 pin connector to platform controls connection below and behind the control box.
4 Securely connect the platform controls to the
ECM wire harness.
5 Tag and disconnect the platform controls wire harness from the ECM wire harness.
6 Securely connect the platform controls to the
ECM wire harness..
7 Turn the key switch to platform control and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. Start the machine.
8 Raise the platform approximately 10 feet / 3 m.
9 Lift the safety arm and move it to the center of the linkage and rotate to a vertical position.
10 Lower the platform onto the safety arm.
11 Turn the machine off.
12 Locate and remove the maximum height limit switch from the lower slider channel and set aside.
Note: Do not disconnect the limit switch harness.
a a maximum height limit switch
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 29
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
13 Start the machine and fully raise the platform.
Release the joystick.
Result: The engine should stop and an alarm should sound. A fault code 99
PLATFORM OVERLOAD should be present in the ECM diagnostic display window at the ground controls.
Result: The engine does not stop OR an alarm doesn't sound OR fault code 99 is not present in the ECM diagnostic display window at the ground controls. Refer to Repair Procedure
14-1, Calibrate the Platform Overload System (if equipped).
14 Lower the platform onto the safety arm.
15 Turn the machine off.
16 Securely install the limit switch to the lower slider channel.
17 Start the machine and fully raise the platform.
Release the joystick.
Result: The platform should stop raising at maximum height. The engine should continue to run and an alarm should not sound.
Result: The engine stops OR an alarm sounds.
Refer to Repair Procedure 14-1, Calibrate the
Platform Overload System (if equipped).
18 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
19 Disconnect the platform controls from the ECM wire harness.
20 Securely connect the platform controls wire harness to the ECM wire harness.
21 Securely connect the platform controls to the platform controls wire harness at the platform.
C-2
Down Limit Switch Descent
Delay (if equipped)
Check the Descent Delay
Function
1 Turn the key switch to platform controls. Start the engine.
2 Raise the platform approximately 10 ft / 3 m.
3 Lower the platform until the down limit switch activates and the platform stops lowering.
Quickly release the controls and then
immediately
attempt to lower the platform to the stowed position.
Result: The platform stops for 4 to 6 seconds.
Release the joystick and proceed to step 4.
Result: The platform does not stop. Confirm that the descent delay option has been selected to
ON
. See Repair Procedure 7-3, Software
Configuration . Repeat this procedure.
4 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
5 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position.
3 - 30 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
Check the Down Limit Switch
Height
1 Turn the key switch to platform controls. Start the engine.
2 Raise the platform approximately 10 ft / 3 m.
3 Lower the platform until the down limit switch activates and the platform stops lowering.
4 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position.
5 Measure the distance between the working surface and the platform deck.
GS-2669 RT
GS-3369 RT
GS-4069 RT
63 to 69 inches
1.6 to 1.75 m
66 to 72 inches
1.7 to 1.83 m
76 to 82 inches
1.9 to 2.1 m
C-3
Clean the Fuel Tank -
Diesel Models
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 500 hours or six months, whichever comes first.
Removing sediment from the fuel tank is essential to good engine performance and service life. A dirty fuel tank may cause the fuel filter to clog prematurely resulting in poor engine performance and possible component damage.
Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Clean the fuel tank in an open, well-ventilated area away from heater, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco.
Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach.
Note: Immediately clean up any fuel that may have spilled during this procedure.
1 Using an approved hand-operated pump, drain the fuel tank into a suitable container. Refer to
Section 2, Specifications, for tank capacity.
Explosion and fire hazard. When transferring fuel, connect a grounding wire between the machine and pump or container.
Note: Be sure to only use a hand operated pump suitable for use with gasoline and/or diesel fuel.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 31
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
2 Tag, plug and remove the fuel lines from the side of the tank.
3 Loosen the tank strap retaining fastener in front of the tank. Move the strap off to the side.
4 Remove the tank from the machine.
5 Tag and remove the fuel fittings from the fuel tank.
Note: Note the orientation of the fuel fittings before removing so when the fittings are installed they will be in the correct position.
6 Rinse out the inside of the tank using a mild solvent.
7 Install the fittings (removed in step 5) into the side of the tank.
8 Install the tank onto the machine.
9 Attach the fuel lines to the tank. Tighten the clamps.
10 Secure the tank with the tank strap. Tighten the retaining fastener. Do not over tighten.
C-4
Replace the Hydraulic Tank
Breather Cap -
Models with
Optional Hydraulic Oil
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 500 hours or six months, whichever comes first.
The hydraulic tank is a vented-type tank. The breather cap has an internal air filter that can become clogged or deteriorate. If the breather cap is faulty or improperly installed, impurities can enter the hydraulic system which may cause component damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require that the cap be inspected more often.
1 Remove and discard the hydraulic tank breather cap.
2 Install and new cap onto the tank.
3 - 32 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
C-5
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Diesel Models
C-6
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Diesel Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 500 hours.
Kubota D1105:
• Replace fan belt
• Flush coolant system
Perkins 403D-11:
• Clean radiator fins
• Inspect radiator coolant
• Inspect radiator hoses and clamps
• Change engine oil
• Replace oil filter
• Replace air filter
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166) OR the
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
(Perkins part number SEBU8311-01).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
131379
131661
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 800 hours.
• Inspect valve clearance
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131379
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 33
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Checklist D Procedures
November 2014
D-1
Check the Scissor Arm Wear
Pads and Slider Blocks
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 1000 hours or annually, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the scissor arm wear pads in good condition is essential to safe machine operation.
Continued use of worn out wear pads may result in component damage and unsafe operating conditions.
1 Measure the thickness of each platform scissor arm slider blocks at the non-steer end of the machine.
Result: The measurement is 3.875 inch /
9.843 cm or more. Proceed to step 2.
Result: The measurement is less than
3.875 inch / 9.843 cm. Replace both slider blocks.
2 Measure the thickness of each chassis scissor arm upper and lower slider wear pads at the non-steer end of the machine.
Result: The measurement is
1
/
4
inch / 6.35 mm or more. Proceed to step 3.
Result: The measurement is less than
11
/
32
inch / 8.71 mm. Replace both upper and lower slider wear pads.
D-2
Replace the Hydraulic Tank
Return Filter
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 1000 hours or annually, whichever comes first.
Replacement of the hydraulic tank return filter is essential for good machine performance and service life. A dirty or clogged filter may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require that the filter be replaced more often.
Bodily injury hazard. Beware of hot oil. Contact with hot oil may cause severe burns.
1 Remove the filter with an oil filter wrench. Clean the area where the hydraulic oil filter meets the filter head.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
Note: The hydraulic filter is mounted on the hydraulic tank.
3 - 34 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
2 Apply a thin layer of fresh oil to the new oil filter gasket.
3 Install the new filter and tighten it securely by hand.
4 Use a permanent ink marker to write the date and number of hours from the hour meter on the filter.
5 Clean up any oil that may have spilled during the replacement procedure.
6 Turn the key switch to ground controls and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. Start the engine.
7 Raise the platform approximately 3 feet / 1 m.
8 Inspect the filter and related components to be sure that there are no leaks.
D-3
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed annually.
Kubota D1105:
• Replace air filter
Kubota WG972:
• Replace air filter
• Replace fuel lines and clamps
• Clean carburetor
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166) OR the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
131379
234803
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 35
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
D-4
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Perkins Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 1000 hours.
• Replace fan belt
• Adjust valve lash
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
(Perkins part number SEBU8311-01.
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131661
D-5
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Gas/LPG Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 1000 hours.
• Replace spark plugs
• Inspect LPG coolant hoses
• Inspect LPG vacuum hose
• Flush coolant system
• Adjust valves
• Inspect valve seats
• Clean cylinder heads
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2).
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 234803
3 - 36 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
D-6
Replace the Drive Hub Oil
Note: Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 1000 hours or annaully, whichever comes first.
Replacing the drive hub oil is essential for good machine performance and service life. Failure to replace the drive hub oil at yearly intervals may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage.
1 Select the drive hub to be serviced. Drive the machine until one of the two plugs is at the lowest point.
2 Remove both plugs and drain the oil into a suitable container.
3 Drive the machine until one of the two plugs is at the highest point.
a
D-7
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Diesel Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 1500 hours.
• Inspect injectors
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131379 a drive hub plugs
4 Fill the hub until the oil level is even with the bottom of the lowest plug hole. Refer to Section
2, Specifications.
5 Install the plugs into the drive hub.
6 Repeat this procedure for the other drive hub.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 37
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Checklist E Procedures
November 2014
E-1
Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil
Genie requires that this procedure be performed every 2000 hours or two years, whichever comes first.
Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil is essential for good machine performance and service life. Dirty oil and suction strainers may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage.
Extremely dirty conditions may require oil changes to be performed more often.
Note: Before replacing the hydraulic oil, the oil may be tested by an oil distributor for specific levels of contamination to verify that changing the oil is necessary. If the hydraulic oil is not replaced at
the two year inspection, test the oil quarterly.
Replace the oil when it fails the test.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or the hose end must be replaced. All connections must be torqued to specification during installation.
Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting torque Specifications.
1 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position.
2 Tag and disconnect the harnesses from the ground control box.
3 Remove the ground control box retaining fasteners and set aside. Remove the ground control box.
4 Locate the tank cover plate. Remove the tank cover plate mounting fasteners and remove the cover.
5 Place a drain pan or other suitable container under the hydraulic tank. Refer to Section 2,
Specifications .
6 Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tank and completely drain the tank.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
7 Tag, disconnect and plug the suction hose from the hydraulic tank. Cap the fitting.
8 Tag, disconnect and plug the return hose at the return filter. Cap the fitting on the filter.
9 Remove the return filter and head assembly from the tank. Cap and plug the fittings.
10 Loosen the tank strap retaining fastener in front of the tank. Move the strap to the side.
11 Remove the hydraulic tank from the machine.
12 Remove the suction strainer and clean using a mild solvent or replace.
3 - 38 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
13 Clean the inside of the hydraulic tank using a mild solvent.
14 Install the drain plug using thread sealer on the threads.
15 Install the suction strainer using thread sealer on the threads.
16 Install the hydraulic tank onto the machine.
17 Secure the tank with the tank strap. Do not over tighten.
18 Install the suction hose onto the tank.
19 Install the return filter and head assembly.
Note: Replace the return filter if needed.
20 Install the return hose to the return filter.
21 Fill the tank with hydraulic oil until the fluid is within the top 2 inches / 5 cm of the sight gauge. Do not overfill.
22 Clean up any oil that may have spilled. Properly discard the oil.
23 Operate all machine functions through a full cycle and check for leaks.
24 Check the oil level in the tank and add if needed.
25 Install the tank cover plate and install the tank cover plate mounting fasteners.
E-2
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Perkins Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 2000 hours.
• Inspect alternator
• Replace crankcase breather
• Inspect engine mounts
• Inspect starter
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
(Perkins part number SEBU8311-01).
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131661
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 39
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
E-3
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Gas/LPG Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every two years.
• Replace air intake hose and clamps
• Replace fuel filter
• Replace LPG fuel hose and clamps
• Replace LPG coolant hoses and clamps
• Replace LPG vacuum hose and clamps
• Replace radiator hoses and clamps
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2).
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 234803
E-4
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Diesel Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every two years.
• Replace radiator hoses and clamps
• Flush coolant system
• Replace fuel hoses and clamps
• Replace air intake hose and clamps
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131379
3 - 40 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
E-5
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Perkins Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 3000 hours.
• Inspect fuel injectors
• Inspect water pump
• Flush coolant system
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
(Perkins part number SEBU8311-01).
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131661
E-6
Perform Engine Maintenance -
Kubota Diesel Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 3000 hours.
• Inspect injection pump
• Inspect injection timing
Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information is available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number 131379
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 3 - 41
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures November 2014
This page intentionally left blank.
3 - 42 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Repair Procedures
Observe and Obey:
Repair procedures shall be completed by a person trained and qualified on the repair of this machine.
Immediately tag and remove from service a damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunction before operating the machine.
Before Repairs Start:
Read, understand and obey the safety rules and operating instructions in the appropriate operator’s manual on your machine.
Be sure that all necessary tools and parts are available and ready for use.
Use only Genie approved replacement parts.
Read each procedure completely and adhere to the instructions. Attempting shortcuts may produce hazardous conditions.
Unless otherwise specified, perform each repair procedure with the machine in the following configuration:
• Machine parked on a firm, level surface
• Platform in the stowed position
• Key switch in the off position with the key removed
• The red Emergency Stop button in the off position at both ground and platform controls
• Wheels chocked
• All external AC power supply disconnected from the machine
About This Section
Most of the procedures in this section should only be performed by a trained service professional in a suitably equipped workshop. Select the appropriate repair procedure after troubleshooting the problem.
Perform disassembly procedures to the point where repairs can be completed. Then to reassemble, perform the disassembly steps in reverse order.
Symbols Legend
Safety alert symbol—used to alert personnel to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may cause minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage.
Indicates that a specific result is expected after performing a series of steps.
Indicates that an incorrect result has occurred after performing a series of steps.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 1
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Platform Controls
November 2014
The platform controls, used to activate machine functions from the platform or while standing on the ground, contain a printed circuit board, joystick, decal membrane pad, buttons, and LEDs. All of these components are replaceable.
For further information or assistance, consult the
Genie Industries Service Department.
a b c d e
NC 1
2 a alarm H1 b red Emergency Stop button P2 c joystick controller JC4 d circuit board U3 e platform up/down and outrigger up/down switch JC10
1-1
Circuit Boards
How to Remove the Platform
Controls Circuit Board
1 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at both the ground and platform controls.
2 Loosen the platform control box lid retaining fasteners. Open the control box and secure the control box lid in a level position.
3 Visually locate the circuit board mounted to the inside of the platform control box lid.
4 Tag and disconnect the wire connections from the red Emergency Stop button.
5 Tag and disconnect the wire harness connectors from the platform controls circuit board.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry.
Component damage hazard.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage printed circuit board components. Maintain firm contact with a metal part of the machine that is grounded at all times when handling printed circuit boards OR use a grounded wrist strap.
6 Remove the platform controls circuit board retaining fasteners.
7 Remove the platform controls circuit board from the platform control box lid.
4 - 2 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Platform Components
2-1
Platform
How to Remove the Platform
Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is required.
Note: This procedure will require an overhead lifting device capable of supporting 1000 lbs / 454 kg.
1 Remove the zip tie that secures the power to platform wiring to the bottom of the platform.
Component damage hazard. Be sure not to cut the power to platform wiring.
2 Remove the clamp that secures the platform controls cable to the platform.
3 Disconnect the platform controls cable from the connector located under the platform.
4 Remove the platform control box from the platform and lay it off to the side.
Component damage hazard. The platform controls wiring can be damaged if it is kinked or pinched.
5 Remove the cover to the AC power to platform outlet. Tag and disconnect the wiring from the outlet.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry.
Note: If your machine is equipped with an air line to platform option, the air line must be disconnected from the platform before removal.
6 Attach a sling chain from the overhead lifting device to the four lifting points on the platform.
4 Places
7 Remove the two carriage bolts that secure the platform to the platform pivot at the steer end of the machine.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 3
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
8 Carefully lift the platform enough to clear the platform pivot.
9 Slide the platform towards the non-steer end of the machine until the slider blocks are visible underneath the slider block channel.
2-2
Platform Extension Deck
How to Remove the Platform
Extension Deck
1 Remove the retaining fasteners from the deck catch and remove the deck catch.
2 Remove the retaining fasteners from the deck stop and remove the deck stop.
3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the other side of the platform.
10 Carefully lift the platform off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Crushing hazard. The platform will become unbalanced and fall when removed from the machine if not properly supported.
Note: Note the position of the slider blocks before the platform is removed so that when the platform is installed they will be in the correct position.
a b a deck catch b deck stop
4 - 4 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
4 Remove the platform controls from the platform and lay it off to the side.
5 Release the four rail spacers by pulling the retaining pin and turn them in a downward position.
8 Secure the platform extension deck railings to the carriage of the forklift to support the platform extension deck.
9 Carefully slide the platform extension out and away from the platform and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Crushing hazard. The platform extension will become unbalanced and fall when removed from the machine if not properly supported and secured to the forklift.
a a rail spacer
6 Position a forklift at the steer end of the machine with the forks even with the bottom of the platform extension.
7 Carefully slide the platform extension out until the platform extension makes contact with the carriage on the forklift.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 5
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Scissor Components
November 2014
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
Steer End
1 Platform pivot
2 Number 3 outer arm
3 Lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin
4 Number 3 pivot pin (steer end)
5 Number 2 center pivot pin (2 each)
6 Number 2 pivot pin (steer end)
7 Number 1 center pivot pin (2 each)
8 Number 1 inner arm
9 Chassis pivot
GS-2669
Non-steer End
10 Slider block (2 each)
11 Number 3 inner arm
12 Number 3 center pivot pin (2 each)
13 Number 3 pivot pin (non-steer end)
14 Number 2 inner arm
15 Number 2 outer arm
16 Number 2 pivot pin (non-steer end)
17 Lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pin
18 Number 1 outer arm
15
16
17
18
13
14
10
11
12
4 - 6 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
3-1
Scissor Assembly, GS-2669 RT
How to Disassemble the
Scissor Assembly
Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is required.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
Note: This procedure will require an overhead lifting device and sling chains capable of supporting
1000 lbs / 454 kgs.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Remove the Platform.
2 Remove the retaining fasteners that attach the ladder to the drive chassis. Remove the ladder and set aside.
3 Remove the cables from the linkage assembly.
Component damage hazard.
Cables can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched.
4 Using a suitable supporting device, attach a strap to the rod end of the lift cylinder. Do not apply pressure.
5 Remove the lift cylinder rod end pivot pin (index
#3) retaining fasteners.
6 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pin.
7 Lower the lift cylinder and remove the strap.
8 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 3 inner arm (index #10). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
9 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
3 pivot pins (index #4 and #13).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 7
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
10 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
11 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
12 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 2 inner arm (index #14). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
15 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
16 Tag and disconnect the harness from the lift cylinder valve block.
17 Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the lift cylinder. Plug the hoses and cap the fittings.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
18 Remove the hose clamps and hoses from the number 1 inner arm.
19 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 1 inner arm (index #8). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
13 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
2 pivot pins (index #6 and #16).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
14 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
4 - 8 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
20 Remove the two carriage bolts that secure the inner arm and chassis pivot to the steer end of the drive chassis.
21 Move the linkage towards the non-steer end of the machine until the slider feet are clear of the slider channel.
22 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Separate the link sets:
1 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the inner arm (index
#8, #11 or #14). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
2 Remove the retaining fasteners from the center pivot pins (index #5, #7 or #12).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
3 Using a soft metal drift, remove the center pivot pins and set aside.
4 Carefully lift and separate the linkage assembly apart and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 9
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
November 2014
1
2
3
4
5
6
11
12
9
10
7
8
Steer End
1 Platform pivot
2 Number 4 center pivot pin (2 each)
3 Number 4 pivot pin (steer end)
4 Number 3 center pin (2 each)
5 Lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin
6 Number 3 pivot pin (steer end)
7 Number 2 center pivot pin (2 each)
8 Number 2 pivot pin (steer end)
9 Number 1 outer arm
10 Number 1 center pivot pin (2 each)
11 Number 1 inner arm
12 Chassis pivot
GS-3369
Non-steer End
13 Slider block (2 each)
14 Number 4 inner arm
15 Number 4 outer arm
16 Number 4 pivot pin (non-steer end)
17 Number 3 inner arm
18 Number 3 outer arm
19 Number 3 pivot pin (non-steer end)
20 Number 2 inner arm
21 Number 2 outer arm
22 Number 2 pivot pin (non-steer end)
23 Lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pin
24 Number 1 outer arm
20
21
18
19
22
23
24
13
14
15
16
17
4 - 10 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
3-2
Scissor Assembly, GS-3369 RT
How to Disassemble the
Scissor Assembly
Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is required.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
Note: This procedure will require an overhead lifting device and sling chains capable of supporting
1000 lbs / 454 kgs.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Remove the Platform.
2 Remove the retaining fasteners that attach the ladder to the drive chassis. Remove the ladder and set aside.
3 Remove the cables from the linkage assembly.
Component damage hazard.
Cables can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched.
4 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 4 inner arm (index #14). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
5 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
4 pivot pins (index #3 and #16).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
6 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
7 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 11
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
8 Using a suitable supporting device, attach a strap to the rod end of the lift cylinder. Do not apply pressure.
9 Remove the lift cylinder rod end pivot pin (index
#5) retaining fasteners.
10 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pin.
11 Lower the lift cylinder and remove the strap.
12 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 3 inner arm (index #19). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
14 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
15 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
16 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 2 inner arm (index #20). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
13 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
3 pivot pins (index #6 and #19).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
17 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
2 pivot pins (index #8 and #22).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
18 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
4 - 12 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
19 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
20 Tag and disconnect the harness from the lift cylinder valve block.
21 Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the lift cylinder. Plug the hoses and cap the fittings.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
22 Remove the hose clamps and hoses from the number 1 inner arm.
23 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 1 inner arm (index #11). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
24 Remove the two carriage bolts that secure the inner arm and chassis pivot to the steer end of the drive chassis.
25 Move the linkage towards the non-steer end of the machine until the slider feet are clear of the slider channel.
26 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Separate the link sets:
1 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the inner arm (index
#11, #14, #17 or #20). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
2 Remove the retaining fasteners from the center pivot pins (index #2, #4, #7 or #10).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
3 Using a soft metal drift, remove the center pivot pins and set aside.
4 Carefully lift and separate the linkage assembly apart and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 13
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
15
12
13
Steer End
1 Platform pivot
2 Number 5 center pivot pin (2 each)
3 Number 5 pivot pin (steer end)
4 Number 4 center pivot pin (2 each)
5 Number 4 inner arm
6 Number 4 pivot pin (steer end)
7 Number 3 center pivot pin (2 each)
8 Lower lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin
9 Number 3 inner arm
10 Number 3 pivot pin (steer end)
11 Number 2 center pivot pin (2 each)
12 Number 2 pivot pin (steer end)
13 Number 1 center pivot pin (2 each)
14 Number 1 inner arm
GS-4069
Non-steer End
15 Chassis pivot
16 Slider block (2 each)
17 Number 5 inner arm
18 Number 5 outer arm
19 Number 5 pivot pin (non-steer end)
20 Upper lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin
21 Number 4 outer arm
22 Number 4 pivot pin (non-steer end)
23 Upper lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pin
24 Number 3 outer arm
25 Number 3 pivot pin (non-steer end)
26 Number 2 inner arm
27 Number 2 outer arm
28 Number 2 pivot pin (non-steer end)
27
28
29
30
24
25
26
19
20
16
17
18
21
22
23
4 - 14 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
3-3
Scissor Assembly, GS-4069 RT
How to Disassemble the
Scissor Assembly
Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is required.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
Note: This procedure will require an overhead lifting device and sling chains capable of supporting
1000 lbs / 454 kgs.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Remove the Platform.
2 Remove the retaining fasteners that attach the ladder to the drive chassis. Remove the ladder and set aside.
3 Remove the cables from the platform through the linkage assembly.
Component damage hazard.
Cables can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched.
4 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 5 inner arm (index #17). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
5 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
5 pivot pins (index #3 and #19).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
6 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
7 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 15
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
8 Using a suitable supporting device, attach a strap to the rod end of the upper lift cylinder. Do not apply pressure.
9 Remove the upper cylinder rod end pivot pin
(index #20) retaining fasteners.
10 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pin.
11 Lower the lift cylinder and remove the strap.
12 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 4 inner arm (index #5). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
13 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
4 pivot pins (index #6 and #22).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
14 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
15 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
16 Tag and disconnect the harness from the upper lift cylinder valve block.
17 Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the upper lift cylinder. Plug the hoses and cap the fittings.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
18 Remove the cables and hoses from the linkage assembly.
Component damage hazard.
Cables and hoses can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched.
19 Using a suitable lifting device remove the retaining fasteners from the upper lift cylinder.
Remove the cylinder.
20 Using a suitable supporting device, attach a strap to the rod end of the lower lift cylinder. Do not apply pressure.
21 Remove the lower cylinder rod end pivot pin
(index #8) retaining fasteners.
22 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pin.
23 Lower the lift cylinder and remove the strap.
4 - 16 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
24 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 3 inner arm (index #9). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
28 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 2 inner arm (index #26). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
25 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
3 pivot pins (index #10 and #25).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
26 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
27 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
29 Remove the retaining fasteners from the number
2 pivot pins (index #12 and #28).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
30 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
31 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 17
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
32 Tag and disconnect the harness from the lower lift cylinder valve block.
33 Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the lower lift cylinder. Plug the hoses and cap the fittings.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
34 Remove the hose clamps and hoses from the number 1 inner arm.
35 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the number 1 inner arm (index #14). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
36 Remove the two carriage bolts that secure the inner arm and chassis pivot to the steer end of the drive chassis.
37 Move the linkage towards the non-steer end of the machine until the slider feet are clear of the slider channel.
38 Carefully lift the linkage assembly off of the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Separate the link sets:
1 Using an overhead lifting device attach a 4 hook sling chain to the ends of the inner arm (index
#5, #9, #14, #17 or #26). Make the chains tight but do not apply lifting pressure.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
2 Remove the retaining fasteners from the center pivot pins (index #2, #4, #7, #11 or #13).
Note: Do not remove the external snap ring.
3 Using a soft metal drift, remove the center pivot pins and set aside.
4 Carefully lift and separate the linkage assembly apart and place it on a structure capable of supporting it. It will need to be carefully adjusted for proper balancing.
4 - 18 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
3-4
Wear Pads
How to Replace the Scissor Arm
Wear Pads
Platform Scissor Arm Slider Blocks:
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Remove the Platform.
2 Remove the slider blocks and discard.
3 Install the slider blocks.
Note: When installing the platform the drill holes in the slider blocks must be on the top and bottom.
Top
Chassis Scissor Arm Wear Pads:
1 Attach a lifting strap from a suitable lifting device to the ladder at the non-steer end of the machine. Support the ladder. Do not apply lifting pressure.
2 Remove the fasteners securing the ladder to the chassis. Remove the ladder from the machine and set aside.
Crushing hazard. The ladder could fall if not properly supported when the fasteners are removed from the machine.
3 Using an overhead lifting device attach a strap to the #1 inner arm at the non-steer end of the machine.
Note: The overhead lifting device and strap must be capable of supporting 5000 lbs / 2268 kg.
Crushing hazard. The linkage assembly could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported.
Bottom
4 Install the platform.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 19
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
4 Raise the linkage assembly slightly with the overhead lifting device just enough to take pressure off of the slider feet.
5 Remove the retaining fasteners from the slider feet pivot pins and set aside.
9 Using a hard rubber mallet, secure the upper and lower wear pads to the slider feet.
a b c a b c a Slider foot assembly b pivot pin c retaining fasteners
6 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins and set aside.
7 Remove the slider feet by sliding them out of the slider channel.
8 Remove the upper and lower wear pads and discard.
a upper wear pads b slider foot c lower wear pad
10 Install the slider feet into the slider channel and secure them to the linkage assembly with the pivot pins.
11 Securely tighten the pivot pin retaining fasteners.
12 Securely install the ladder onto the machine. Do not over tighten the fasteners.
4 - 20 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
3-5
Lift Cylinder(s)
The lift cylinders are single acting hydraulic cylinders. The GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT uses one lift cylinder; the GS-4069 RT uses two. Each lift cylinder is equipped with a check valve to prevent movement in the event of a hydraulic line failure.
How to Remove the Lift Cylinder
GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT:
Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is strongly recommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Remove the Platform.
2 Disassemble the scissor assembly.
See 3-1 or 3-2, How to Disassemble the Scissor
Assembly.
Note: 'alpha' call outs refer to corresponding notes on the hydraulic schematic
Note: 'alphanumeric' call outs refer to corresponding notes on the electrical schematic
Y7
Y10 a
A I
b c
AK
GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT a platform down solenoid valve b lift cylinder c pressure switch (CE models)
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 21
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
SCISSOR COMPONENTS
GS-4069 RT:
Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is strongly recommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Remove the Platform.
2 Disassemble the scissor assembly.
See 3-3, How to Disassemble the Scissor
Assembly.
Upper
Cylinder
Note: 'alpha' call outs refer to corresponding notes on the hydraulic schematic
Y7A
Y10A a
A I
b
Lower
Cylinder
Y7
Y10
Note: 'alphanumeric' call outs refer to corresponding notes on the electrical schematic
GS-4069 RT a
A I
c a platform down solenoid valve b upper lift cylinder c lower lift cylinder d pressure switch (CE models) d
AK
4 - 22 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Kubota D1105 Engine
4-1
Timing Adjustment
Complete information to perform this procedure is available in the
Kubota D1105 Workshop Manual (Kubota part number 9Y111-00123).
Kubota D1105 Workshop Manual
Genie part number 229761
4-2
Glow Plugs
How to Check the Glow Plugs
1 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter between the far left glow plug and ground.
Result: The resistance should be approximately
1
Ω.
2 If the ohm reading is different than 1
Ω, remove the wire and connector plate from the three individual glow plugs. Then, one glow plug at a time, measure the resistance between the glow plug and ground.
Result: The resistance should be approximately
1.8
Ω for each individual glow plug.
3 Install the connector plate and wires to all three glow plugs.
4 Turn the key switch to ground control and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position.
5 Connect the red positive (+) lead from a volt meter to the number three glow plug. Connect the black negative (-) lead to ground.
6 Hold the glow plug switch in the on position.
Result: The volt meter should read 12V DC or more.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 23
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
KUBOTA D1105 ENGINE
4-3
Engine RPM
How to Adjust the RPM
1 Start the engine from the ground controls.
2 Hold the start toggle switch to the start position and check the engine RPM on the diagnostic display. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Proceed to step 4 if the low idle is correct.
3 To correct the low idle speed, loosen the lock nut, then turn the low idle adjustment screw clockwise to increase the rpm or counterclockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten the lock nut and recheck the rpm.
a b
4-4
Flex Plate
The flex plate couples the engine to the pump. The flex plate is bolted to the engine flywheel and has a splined cutout in the center to engage the pump coupler.
How to Remove the Flex Plate
1 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to the pump assembly for support. Do not lift it.
2 Remove all of the pump mounting plate to engine fasteners.
3 Carefully pull the pump assembly away from the engine and secure it from moving.
Component damage hazard.
Hoses can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched.
4 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners.
Remove the flex plate from the flywheel.
d c a high idle solenoid b low idle adjustment screw c lock nut d high idle adjustment nut
4 Move the engine idle control switch to high idle
(rabbit symbol) from the ground controls.
5 Hold the start toggle switch to the start position and check the engine RPM on the diagnostic display. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
6 To correct the high idle speed, loosen the lock nut on the solenoid, then turn the solenoid boot counterclockwise to increase the rpm or clockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten the lock nut and recheck the rpm.
4 - 24 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
KUBOTA D1105 ENGINE
How to Install the Flex Plate
1 Install the flex plate onto the flywheel with the raised spline toward the pump.
Note: Install the coupler onto the pump shaft with the set screw towards the pump. Leave a
1
/
32
inch / 0.8 mm gap between the coupler and pump end plate. Apply Loctite
®
removable thread locker to the coupler set screw and torque the set screw to 36-40 ft-lbs / 49-54 Nm.
2 Apply Loctite
®
removable thread locker to the flex plate mounting fasteners. Torque the flex plate mounting fasteners to 40 ft-lbs / 54 Nm.
Component damage hazard. Do not force the drive pump during installation or the flex plate splines may become damaged.
a b c d e f a pump b pump shaft c pump coupler d flex plate f e flywheel
1
/
8
inch / 3.175 mm gap
4-5
Coolant Temperature and Oil
Pressure Switches
The engine coolant temperature switch is a normally open switch. The switch contacts close at approximately 225
°
F / 107
°
C. If the coolant temperature rises above the switch point, the switch contacts close and the engine will shut off to prevent damage. The engine will not start until the temperature drops below the switch point. An overtemperature indicator light at the ground controls should turn on when the switch closes.
The engine oil pressure switch is a normally closed switch. The switch contacts open at approximately
7 psi / 0.48 bar. If the oil pressure drops below the switch point, the contacts open and the engine will shut off to prevent damage. A low oil pressure indicator light at the ground controls should turn on when the switch opens.
How to Replace the Coolant
Temperature and Oil Pressure
Switches
1 Open the engine side cover and pull up on the lock pin on the engine pivot tray located under the radiator. Swing the engine pivot tray out and away from the machine to access both switches.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 25
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
KUBOTA D1105 ENGINE
2 Tag and disconnect the wiring from the switch.
Remove the switch from the engine.
Bodily injury hazard. Contact with hot engine fluids or components may cause severe burns.
3 Install the new switch and tighten. Torque to 8-18 ft-lbs / 11-24 Nm.
Note: Always use pipe thread sealant when installing a new switch.
a b
How to Repair the Kubota
D1105 Engine
Repair procedures and additional engine information are available in the
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number 16622-89166).
Kubota D1105 Workshop Manual
(Kubota part number 9Y111-00123).
Kubota D1105 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Kubota D1105 Workshop Manual
Genie part number
131379
229761 a coolant temperature switch b oil pressure switch
4 - 26 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Kubota WG972 Engine
5-1
Timing Adjustment
Note: The ignition timing cannot be adjusted. The timing adjustment screw is factory sealed with a tamper resistant cap installed by the manufacturer.
If service or repair is needed, contact your local
Kubota dealer.
5-3
Choke Adjustment
The choke is solenoid-operated and functions only in the gasoline mode. The choke will not operate in
LPG mode.
5-4
Flex Plate
See 4-4, Flex Plate.
5-2
Carburetor Adjustment
Note: The carburetor cannot be adjusted. The carburetor mixture screws are factory sealed with tamper resistant caps installed by the manufacturer. If service or repair is needed, contact your local Kubota dealer.
5-5
Coolant Temperature and Oil
Pressure Switches
See 4-5, Coolant Temperature and Oil Pressure
Switches .
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 27
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
KUBOTA WG972 ENGINE
5-6
Engine RPM
How to Adjust the RPM
Note: The on-board self diagnostics incorporate a built-in engine tachometer. The engine rpm is displayed on the diagnostic display when the start button is held to the start position with the engine running.
Note: Perform this procedure in gasoline mode with the engine at normal operating temperature.
1 Start the engine from the ground controls.
2 Hold the start button to the start position and check the engine RPM on the diagnostic display. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Proceed to step 9 if the low idle is correct.
3 To correct the low idle speed, Loosen the core clamp screw so the cable moves freely.
4 Loosen the lock nut on the high idle adjustment nut.
5 Turn the high idle adjustment nut counterclockwise until the adjustment nut is flush against the solenoid.
6 Turn the lock nut against the adjustment nut. Do not tighten.
7 Hold the throttle lever against the low idle adjustment screw and turn the adjustment screw clockwise to increase rpm or counterclockwise to decrease rpm.
8 While holding the throttle lever against the low idle adjustment screw, tighten the core clamp screw.
9 Push the engine idle control button to high idle
(rabbit symbol) from the ground controls.
10 Hold the start button to the start position and check the engine RPM on the diagnostic display. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
11 To correct the high idle speed, loosen the lock nut on the high idle adjustment nut, turn the high idle adjustment nut clockwise to increase the rpm or counterclockwise to decrease the rpm.
Tighten the lock nut and confirm the rpm.
Note: Be sure the solenoid fully retracts when activating high idle.
4 - 28 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 a b c
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
KUBOTA WG972 ENGINE
How to Repair the Kubota
WG972 Engine
Repair procedures and additional engine information are available in the
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
(Kubota part number EG801-8916-2).
Kubota WG972 Workshop Manual
(Kubota part number 9Y111-03180).
Kubota WG972 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Kubota WG972 Workshop Manual
Genie part number
234803
234802 f a core clamp screw b throttle lever c low idle adjustment screw d lock nut e high idle adjustment nut high idle solenoid d e f
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 29
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Perkins 403D-11 Engine
6-1
Engine RPM
How to Adjust the RPM
1 Start the engine from the ground controls.
2 Hold the start toggle switch to the start position and check the engine RPM on the diagnostic display. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Proceed to step 4 if the low idle is correct.
3 To correct the low idle speed, loosen the locknut on the low idle adjustment screw. Turn the low idle adjustment screw on the linkage clockwise to increase rpm or counterclockwise to decrease rpm. Tighten the lock nut and recheck the rpm. See the illustration.
4 Move the engine idle control switch to high idle
(rabbit symbol) from the ground controls.
5 Hold the start toggle switch to the start position and check the engine RPM on the diagnostic display. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
6 To correct the high idle speed, loosen the yoke lock nut on the high idle solenoid, then turn the high idle adjustment nut and solenoid boot counterclockwise to increase the rpm or clockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten the yoke lock nut and recheck the rpm. See the illustration.
Note: Be sure the solenoid fully retracts when activating high idle.
November 2014 a solenoid b yoke locknut c yoke d low idle lock nut e low idle adjustment screw
4 - 30 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
PERKINS 403D-11 ENGINE
6-2
Timing Adjustment
Complete information to perform this procedure is available in the
Perkins 403D-11 Workshop Manual
(Perkins part number KENR6942).
Perkins 403D-11 Workshop Manual
Genie part number
6-3
Flex Plate
See 4-4, Flex Plate.
131662
6-4
Coolant Temperature and Oil
Pressure Switches
The engine coolant temperature switch is a normally open switch. The switch contacts close at approximately 221
°
F / 105
°
C. If the coolant temperature rises above the switch point, the switch contacts close and the engine will shut off to prevent damage. The engine will not start until the temperature drops below the switch point.
The engine oil pressure switch is a normally open switch. The switch contacts close at approximately
4.27 psi / 0.3 bar. If the oil pressure drops below the switch point, the contacts close and the engine will shut off to prevent damage.
A fault code will be shown in the diagnostic display window at the ground controls when either switch closes.
How to Replace the Coolant
Temperature and Oil Pressure
Switches
1 Open the engine side cover and pull up on the lock pin on the engine pivot tray located under the radiator. Swing the engine pivot tray out and away from the machine to access both switches.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 31
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
PERKINS 403D-11 ENGINE
2 Coolant temperature switch: Tag and disconnect the wiring from the switch, located at the engine coolant outlet just above the alternator. Remove the switch from the engine.
Oil pressure switch:
Tag and disconnect the wiring from the switch, located at the top of the engine just in front of the valve rocker cover.
Remove the switch from the engine.
Bodily injury hazard. Contact with hot engine fluids or components may cause severe burns.
3 Coolant temperature switch: Install the new switch. Torque to 20 ft-lbs / 27 Nm.
Oil pressure switch:
Install the new switch.
Torque to 88 in-lbs / 10 Nm.
Note: Always use pipe thread sealant when installing a new switch.
How to Repair the Perkins
403D-11 Engine
Repair procedures and additional engine information are available in the
Perkins 403D-11 Operators Manual
(Perkins part number SEBU8311-01) OR the
Perkins 403D-11 Workshop Manual
(Perkins part number KENR6942).
Perkins 403D-11 Operator's Manual
Genie part number
Perkins 403D-11 Workshop Manual
Genie part number
131661
131662
4 - 32 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Ground Controls
7-1
Auxiliary Platform Lowering
Auxiliary Platform Lowering
In the event of a main power failure, activating the function enable and manual platform lowering buttons at the ground controls will lower the platform. There is no adjustment required.
The auxiliary platform lowering circuit uses the main 12V DC battery for its power source.
7-2
Function Speed Tuning
All machine function speeds are determined by the percentage of total ECM voltage output. The speeds of the following machine functions may be adjusted to compensate for wear in the hydraulic pump and drive motors.
• Stowed drive speed
• High torque drive speed
• Raised drive speed
• Platform lift speed
For further information or assistance, consult the
Genie Industries Service Department.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the lift and/or drive speed higher than specified in this procedure. Setting drive speed greater than specifications could cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
Tip-over hazard. This procedure must only be performed by a trained service professional.
Attempting this procedure without the necessary skills will result in death or serious injury.
How to Determine the Revision
Level
1 Turn the key switch to ground controls and pull out the red Emergency Stop buttons to the on position at both platform and ground controls.
Result: The revision level of the ECM will appear in the LED display window.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 33
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
GROUND CONTROLS
How to Adjust the
Stowed Drive Speed
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the lift and/or drive speed higher than specified in this procedure. Setting drive speed greater than specifications could cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at the platform controls.
2 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control.
4 Press and hold both the blue platform up and yellow platform down buttons. Pull out the red
Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the diagnostic display window. The ECM is now in programming mode.
5 Press the lift function enable button.
6 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to max fwd high speed drive.
Result:
MAX FWD HIGH SPEED DRIVE
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
7 Press the lift function enable button.
8 Press the yellow platform down button to decrease the drive speed or press the blue platform up button to increase the drive speed.
Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
a d a diagnostic display b blue platform up button c lift function enable button d yellow platform down button
9 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
MAX FWD HIGH SPEED DRIVE
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
10 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to max rev high speed drive.
Result:
MAX REV HIGH SPEED DRIVE
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
11 Press the lift function enable button.
12 Press the yellow platform down button to decrease the drive speed or press the blue platform up button to increase the drive speed.
Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
13 Press the lift function enable button.
14 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
15 Check the stowed drive speed of the machine.
Refer to the Maintenance procedure B-10, Test the Drive Speed - Stowed Position .
b c
4 - 34 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
GROUND CONTROLS
How to Adjust the Stowed
High Torque Drive Speed
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the lift and/or drive speed higher than specified in this procedure. Setting drive speed greater than specifications could cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at the platform controls.
2 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control.
4 Press and hold both the blue platform up and yellow platform down buttons. Pull out the red
Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the diagnostic display window. The ECM is now in programming mode.
5 Press the lift function enable button.
6 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to max fwd high torque drive.
Result:
MAX FWD HIGH TORQUE DRIVE
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
7 Press the lift function enable button.
8 Press the yellow platform down button to decrease the drive speed or press the blue platform up button to increase the drive speed.
Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
a a diagnostic display b blue platform up button c lift function enable button d yellow platform down button
9 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
MAX FWD HIGH TORQUE DRIVE
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
10 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to max rev high torque drive.
Result:
MAX REV HIGH TORQUE DRIVE
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
11 Press the lift function enable button.
12 Press the yellow platform down button to decrease the drive speed or press the blue platform up button to increase the drive speed.
Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
13 Press the lift function enable button.
14 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
d b c
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 35
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
GROUND CONTROLS
How to Adjust the
Raised Drive Speed
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the lift and/or drive speed higher than specified in this procedure. Setting drive speed greater than specifications could cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at the platform controls.
2 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control.
4 Press and hold both the blue platform up and yellow platform down buttons. Pull out the red
Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the diagnostic display window. The ECM is now in programming mode.
5 Press the lift function enable button.
6 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to max fwd high torque drive.
Result:
MAX FWD RAISED DRIVE SPEED
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
7 Press the lift function enable button.
8 Press the yellow platform down button to decrease the drive speed or press the blue platform up button to increase the drive speed.
Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
a a diagnostic display b blue platform up button c lift function enable button d yellow platform down button
9 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
MAX FWD RAISED DRIVE SPEED
is showing in the diagnostic display window. The ECM is now in programming mode.
10 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to max rev high speed drive.
Result:
MAX REV RAISED DRIVE SPEED
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
11 Press the lift function enable button.
12 Press the yellow platform down button to decrease the drive speed or press the blue platform up button to increase the drive speed.
Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
13 Press the lift function enable button.
14 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
15 Check the raised drive speed of the machine.
Refer to the Maintenance procedure B-11, Test the Drive Speed - Raised Position .
b c d
4 - 36 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
GROUND CONTROLS
How to Adjust the
Lift Speed
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at the platform controls.
2 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control.
4 Press and hold both the blue platform up and yellow platform down buttons. Pull out the red
Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the diagnostic display window. The ECM is now in programming mode.
5 Press the lift function enable button.
6 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to max lift speed.
Result:
MAX LIFT SPEED
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
7 Press the lift function enable button.
a a diagnostic display b blue platform up button c lift function enable button d yellow platform down button
8 Press the yellow platform down button to decrease the maximum lift speed or press the blue platform up button to increase the maximum lift speed. Refer to Section 2,
Specifications .
9 Press the lift function enable button.
10 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
11 Check the lift speed of the machine. Refer to
Section 2, Specifications.
d b c
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 37
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
GROUND CONTROLS
7-3
Software Configuration
How to Configure the Software
The Electronic Control Module (ECM) contains programming for all configurations of the GS-69.
Machines can be adjusted to a different configuration using the buttons at the ground controls. To determine the software revision level, see 7-2, How to Determine the Revision Level.
ANSI and CSA models:
1 Turn the key switch to ground controls and pull out the red Emergency Stop buttons to the on position at both platform and ground controls.
Result: The revision level of the ECM will appear in the LED display window. Note the result.
2 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
3 Press and hold both the blue platform up and yellow platform down buttons. Pull out the red
Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
a b c d a diagnostic display b blue platform up button c lift function enable button d yellow platform down button
Machine Option Definitions
Descent Delay:
This option halts descent when the down limit switch is activated. All controls must be released for 4 to 6 seconds before descent is re-enabled. Required for Europe.
Motion Alarm:
The motion alarm will sound when activating a function.
Motion Beacons:
The flashing beacons operate only when activating a function.
Overload:
This cuts out all functions when the platform overload pressure switch is tripped.
The red Emergency Stop button must be cycled before any function can be resumed.
Required for Europe and Australia.
Beacons:
When installed on the machine, the flashing beacons operate continuously when the key switch is turned to ground or platform controls and both red Emergency Stop buttons are pulled out to the on position.
Generator:
When installed on the machine, the generator can only be operated when the engine is running.
Sim Operation:
Not available.
Outriggers:
When installed on the machine, the outrigger option must be enabled.
4 - 38 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
GROUND CONTROLS
4 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to select options.
Result:
SELECT OPTIONS
is showing in the diagnostic display window. The ECM is now in programming mode.
5 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
DESCENT DELAY
is showing in the diagnostic display window. Press the lift function enable button to activate or deactivate the descent delay option.
Note: For CE and AS models, the descent delay option should be activated or in the
ON
position.
6 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to motion alarm.
Result:
MOTION ALARM
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
7 Press the lift function enable button to activate or deactivate the motion alarm option OR use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to motion beacon.
Result:
MOTION BEACON
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
8 Press the lift function enable button to activate or deactivate the motion beacon option.
Note: For this option to function correctly, the machine must be equipped with flashing beacons.
Note: If the machine is not equipped with flashing beacons and this option is set to on, the ECU will display a 4021 fault code.
9 Models with platform overload (option): Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to overload.
Result:
OVERLOAD ON
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
Result:
OVERLOAD OFF
is showing in the diagnostic display window. Press the lift function enable button to activate the overload option.
Note: For CE and AS models, the overload option should be activated or in the
ON
position.
10 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to beacons option.
Result:
BEACONS ON
is showing in the diagnostic display window. Press the lift function enable button to activate or deactivate the beacons option.
Note: For this option to function, the machine must be equipped with flashing beacons and the software set to
BEACONS ON
.
Note: If the machine is not equipped with flashing beacons and this option is set to on, the ECU will display a 4021 fault code.
11 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to generator option.
Result:
GENERATOR ON
is showing in the diagnostic display window. Press the lift function enable button to activate or deactivate the generator option.
Note: For this option to function correctly, the machine must be equipped with the required generator components and the software set to
GENERATOR ON
.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 39
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
GROUND CONTROLS
12 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to outriggers option.
Result:
OUTRIGGERS ON
is showing in the diagnostic display window. Press the lift function enable button to activate or deactivate the outrigger option. Proceed to step 18.
Note: For this option to function correctly, the machine must be equipped with the required outrigger components and the software set to
OUTRIGGERS AUTO
or
OUTRIGGERS ON
.
13 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to return to the main menu.
Result:
RETURN TO MAIN MENU
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
14 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
SELECT OPTIONS
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
15 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
7-4
Level Sensor -
Models without Outriggers
The Electronic Control Module (ECM) is programmed to deactivate the lift and drive functions and activate an alarm when a signal is received from the level sensor.
The tilt alarm sounds when the incline of the chassis exceeds 2° to the side and 3° to the front or rear.
How to Install and Calibrate the
Level Sensor
Tip-over hazard. Failure to install or calibrate the level sensor as instructed could result in the machine tipping over causing death or serious injury. Do not install or calibrate the level sensor other than specified in this procedure.
Note: Perform this procedure with the machine on a firm, level surface and the platform in the stowed position. Use a digital level to confirm.
1 Remove the platform controls from the platform.
If you are not installing a new level sensor, proceed to step 9.
2 Locate the level sensor in the ground controls compartment.
4 - 40 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
GROUND CONTROLS
5 Install the new level sensor onto the machine with the "Y" on the level sensor base towards the steer end of the machine. Install and tighten the level sensor retaining fasteners.
Tip-over hazard. The tilt level sensor must be installed with the
"Y" on the level sensor base towards the steer end of the machine. Failure to install the tilt level sensor as instructed will cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
a b a ground control box b level sensor
3 Tag and disconnect the wire harness from the level sensor.
4 Remove the retaining fasteners securing the level sensor to the compartment. Remove the level sensor from the machine.
d c
X
Y
a b a "Y" indicator b level sensor c "X" indicator d chassis
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 41
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
GROUND CONTROLS
6 Connect the wire harness to the level sensor.
7 Turn the key switch to platform control and pull out the red Emergency Stop buttons to the on position at both the ground and platform controls.
8 Tighten the level sensor adjusting fasteners until the bubble in the top of the level sensor is centered in the circles.
Note: Be sure there are threads showing through the top of the adjusting fasteners.
Result: The tilt sensor alarm should not sound.
9 Center a lifting jack under the drive chassis at the ground controls side of the machine.
10 Raise the machine approximately
4 inches / 10 cm.
11 Models with RT tires: Place a
1.85 x 10 x 10 inch / 4.7 x 25 x 25 cm thick steel block under both wheels at the ground controls side of the machine.
Models with non-marking tires:
Place a
1.94 x 10 x 10 inch / 4.93 x 25 x 25 cm thick steel block under both wheels at the ground controls side of the machine.
12 Lower the machine onto the blocks.
13 Raise the platform at least 12 feet / 3.6 m.
Result: The tilt alarm does not sound and all functions will operate. Proceed to step 15.
Result - The drive function and the lift function will not operate and the tilt alarm will sound at
180 beeps per minute. Proceed to step 14.
14 Turn the level sensor adjusting nuts just until the level sensor alarm does not sound.
15 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
16 Raise the machine approximately
4 inches / 10 cm.
17 Remove the blocks from under both wheels.
18 Lower the machine and remove the jack.
19 Center a lifting jack under the drive chassis at the engine side of the machine.
20 Raise the machine approximately
4 inches / 10 cm.
21 Models with RT tires: Place a
2.15 x 10 x 10 inch / 5.46 x 25 x 25 cm thick steel block under both wheels at the ground controls side of the machine.
Models with non-marking tires:
Place a
2.25 x 10 x 10 inch / 5.72 x 25 x 25 cm thick steel block under both wheels at the ground controls side of the machine.
22 Lower the machine onto the blocks.
23 Raise the platform at least 12 feet / 3.6 m.
Result - The drive function and the lift function will not operate and the tilt alarm will sound at
180 beeps per minute.
Result: If the tilt sensor alarm does not sound, adjust the tilt level sensor until the alarm just begins to sound OR the down limit switch may need to be adjusted.
4 - 42 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
24 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
25 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at both the ground and platform controls.
26 Turn the key switch to the off position.
27 Raise the machine approximately
4 inches / 10 cm.
28 Remove the blocks from under both wheels.
29 Lower the machine and remove the jack.
GROUND CONTROLS
7-5
Level Sensor -
Models with Outriggers
The Electronic Control Module (ECM) is programmed to deactivate the lift and drive functions and activate an alarm when a signal is received from the level sensor.
When the outriggers are stowed, the tilt alarm sounds when the incline of the chassis exceeds 2° to the side.
When the outriggers are deployed, the tilt alarm sounds when the incline of the chassis exceeds
0.8° to the side.
At all times, the tilt alarm sounds when the incline of the chassis exceeds 3° to the front or rear.
How to Install and Calibrate the
Level Sensor
Tip-over hazard. Failure to install or calibrate the level sensor as instructed could result in the machine tipping over causing death or serious injury. Do not install or calibrate the level sensor other than specified in this procedure.
Note: Perform this procedure with the machine on a firm, level surface and the platform in the stowed position. Use a digital level to confirm.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 43
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
GROUND CONTROLS
1 Remove the platform controls from the platform.
If you are not installing a new level sensor, proceed to step 7.
2 Locate the level sensor in the ground controls compartment.
a b a ground control box b level sensor
3 Tag and disconnect the wire harness from the level sensor.
4 Remove the retaining fasteners securing the level sensor to the compartment. Remove the level sensor from the machine.
5 Install the new level sensor onto the machine with the "X" on the level sensor base towards the steer end of the machine. Install and tighten the level sensor retaining fasteners.
Tip-over hazard. The tilt level sensor must be installed with the
"X" on the level sensor base towards the steer end of the machine. Failure to install the tilt level sensor as instructed could result in the machine tipping over causing death or serious injury.
6 Connect the wire harness to the level sensor.
7 Turn the key switch to platform control and pull out the red Emergency Stop buttons to the on position at both the ground and platform controls.
8 Set a multimeter to read DC voltage.
Adjust the side-to-side axis:
9 Without disconnecting the wire harness from the level sensor, connect the negative lead of the multimeter to the black wire at the level sensor.
10 Without disconnecting the wire harness from the level sensor, connect the positive lead of the multimeter to the yellow wire at the level sensor.
4 - 44 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
GROUND CONTROLS d c
11 Adjust the "Y" axis (side-to-side) to 2.5V DC.
Tap the top of the level sensor lightly with fingers after each turn of an adjusting nut.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the potentiometers on the bottom of the level sensor or calibrate the level sensor other than specified in this procedure. Failure to calibrate the tilt level sensor as instructed will cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
Note: Be sure there are threads showing through the top of each adjusting nut.
Y
X
a b
Adjust the front-to-back axis:
13 Without disconnecting the wire harness from the level sensor, connect the positive lead of the multimeter to the blue wire at the level sensor.
14 Adjust the "X" axis (front-to-back) to 2.43V DC.
Tap the top of the level sensor lightly with fingers after each turn of an adjusting nut.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the potentiometers on the bottom of the level sensor or calibrate the level sensor other than specified in this procedure. Failure to calibrate the tilt level sensor as instructed will cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
Note: Be sure there are threads showing through the top of each adjusting nut.
15 Disconnect the positive and negative leads.
16 Apply Sentry Seal to the adjusting nuts.
17 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the platform controls.
18 Press and hold the auto level button and press and hold the left front outrigger button. Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at the platform controls. Continue to hold the auto level button and left front outrigger button for approximately 3 seconds or until a beep is heard. Release the buttons.
19 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the platform controls.
a chassis b level sensor c "Y" indicator d "X" indicator
12 Disconnect the positive lead.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 45
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
GROUND CONTROLS
Confirm the side-to-side level sensor setting:
20 Center a lifting jack under the drive chassis at the ground control side of the machine.
21 Raise the machine approximately
6 inches / 15 cm.
22 Models with RT tires: Place a
2.15 x 10 x 10 inch / 5.46 x 25 x 25 cm thick steel block under both wheels at the ground controls side of the machine.
23 Lower the machine onto the blocks.
24 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at platform controls. Start the engine.
25 Raise the platform at least 12 feet / 3.6 m.
Result: The platform stops raising and the tilt alarm will sound at 180 beeps per minute.
Result: The platform does not stop raising and the tilt alarm does not sound. The level sensor must be replaced. Repeat this procedure beginning with step 2.
Note: For reference only, the output of the level sensor should be approximately 1.7V DC. To confirm, connect the positive lead of a multimeter to the yellow wire at the level sensor, and the negative lead to the black wire.
26 Raise the machine approximately
6 inches / 15 cm.
27 Remove the blocks from under both wheels.
28 Lower the machine and remove the jack.
29 Center a lifting jack under the drive chassis at the tank side of the machine.
30 Raise the machine approximately
6 inches / 15 cm.
31 Models with RT tires: Place a
2.15 x 10 x 10 inch / 5.46 x 25 x 25 cm thick steel block under both wheels at the ground controls side of the machine.
32 Raise the platform at least 12 feet / 3.6 m.
Result: The platform stops raising and the tilt alarm will sound at 180 beeps per minute.
Result: The platform does not stop raising and the tilt alarm does not sound. The level sensor must be replaced. Repeat this procedure beginning with step 2.
Note: For reference only, the output of the level sensor should be approximately 3.3V DC. To confirm, connect the positive lead of a multimeter to the yellow wire at the level sensor, and the negative lead to the black wire.
33 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
34 Raise the machine approximately
6 inches / 15 cm.
35 Remove the blocks from under both wheels.
36 Lower the machine and remove the jack.
4 - 46 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Confirm the front-to-back level sensor setting:
37 Center a lifting jack under the drive chassis at the steer end of the machine.
38 Raise the machine approximately
6 inches / 15 cm.
39 Place a 4.08 x 10 x 10 inch / 10.36 x 25 x 25 cm thick steel block under both wheels at the steer end of the machine.
40 Lower the machine onto the blocks.
41 Raise the platform at least 12 feet / 3.6 m.
Result: The platform stops raising and the tilt alarm will sound at 180 beeps per minute.
Result: The platform does not stop raising and the tilt alarm does not sound. The level sensor must be replaced. Repeat this procedure beginning with step 2.
Note: For reference only, the output of the level sensor should be approximately 1.5V DC. To confirm, connect the positive lead of a multimeter to the blue wire at the level sensor, and the negative lead to the black wire.
42 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
43 Raise the machine approximately
6 inches / 15 cm.
44 Remove the blocks from under both wheels.
45 Lower the machine and remove the jack.
46 Center a lifting jack under the drive chassis at the non-steer end of the machine.
GROUND CONTROLS
47 Raise the machine approximately
6 inches / 15 cm.
48 Place a 4.08 x 10 x 10 inch / 10.36 x 25 x 25 cm thick steel block under both wheels at the non-steer end of the machine.
49 Lower the machine onto the blocks.
50 Raise the platform at least 12 feet / 3.6 m.
Result: The platform stops raising and the tilt alarm will sound at 180 beeps per minute.
Result: The platform does not stop raising and the tilt alarm does not sound. The level sensor must be replaced. Repeat this procedure beginning with step 2.
Note: For reference only, the output of the level sensor should be approximately 3.4V DC. To confirm, connect the positive lead of a multimeter to the blue wire at the level sensor, and the negative lead to the black wire.
51 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
52 Raise the machine approximately
6 inches / 15 cm.
53 Remove the blocks from under both wheels.
54 Lower the machine and remove the jack.
55 Turn the key switch to the off position.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 47
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Hydraulic Pump
November 2014
8-1
Hydraulic Pump
The hydraulic pump is a single section, gear-type pump.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
How to Test the Hydraulic Pump
1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressure gauge to test port #1 (item FF) on the function manifold.
2 Remove the platform controls from the platform and place the controls near the function manifold on the tank side of the machine.
3 Start the engine from the platform controls.
4 Steer the machine fully to the right or left and hold. Note the pressure readings on the pressure gauge. Refer to Section 2,
Specifications .
How to Remove the
Hydraulic Pump
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses on the pump.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
2 Remove the pump mounting bolts. Carefully remove the pump.
After replacing the hydraulic pump, it is critical to return the lift and drive speed settings to original factory specifications.
Refer to Section 3, Scheduled
Maintenance Procedures .
4 - 48 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
How to Prime the Pump
Component damage hazard. Be sure that the hydraulic tank shut off valves (if equipped) are in the open position before priming the pump. The engine must not be started with the hydraulic tank shut off valves in the closed position or component damage will occur.
1 Turn the key switch to ground controls and pull out the red Emergency Stop buttons to the on position at both the ground and platform controls.
2 Gasoline/LPG models: Disconnect the ignition coil wire from the center of the ignition coil.
Diesel models:
Hold the manual fuel shut off lever clockwise in the closed position.
3 Crank the engine with the starter motor for
15 seconds, wait 15 seconds, then crank the engine an additional 15 seconds.
4 Start the engine from the ground controls and check for hydraulic leaks.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 49
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Manifolds
November 2014
9-1
Function Manifold Components
The function manifold is located inside the hydraulic tray.
13
14
15
16
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Index
No.
1
10
11
12
Description
Schematic
Item Function Torque
Priority flow regulator,
1 gpm / 3.8 L/min ................................. FA ....... Oscillate circuit ................................. 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
Solenoid valve,
2 position 2 way N.C. .......................... FB ....... Oscillate float .................................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
Relief valve, 3300 psi / 227.5 bar ....... FC ....... Oscillate circuit ................................. 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Solenoid valve,
2 position 3 way N.O. .......................... FD ....... Platform up ....................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Relief valve,
(GS 2669 and GS 3369)
3000 psi / 207 bar
(GS 4069)
2800 psi / 193 bar ............................... FE ....... Lift circuit ........................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Relief valve, 3500 psi / 241.3 bar ....... FF ....... System relief ..................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Differential sensing valve,
160 psi / 11 bar ................................... FG ....... Proportional valve circuit .................. 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Check valve ......................................... FH ....... Differential sensing circuit ................ 12-14 ft-lbs / 16-19 Nm
Flow control valve,
2 gpm / 7.6 L/min ................................. FI ......... Controls flow to the steer circuit 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Solenoid valve,
3 position 5 way NC ............................ FK ....... Steer left / right
Check valve ......................................... FJ ........ Steer circuit
15-20 ft-lbs / 20-27 Nm
Proportional solenoid valve ................ FL ....... Lift / Drive circuit ............................... 33-37 ft-lbs / 45-50 Nm
Flow control valve,
6 gpm / 22.7 L/min ............................... FM ...... Meters flow to functions .................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Pressure compensated valve ............. FN ....... Lift / Drive circuit ............................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ........ FO ....... Oscillate right .................................... 15-20 ft-lbs / 20-27 Nm
Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ........ FP ....... Oscillate left 15-20 ft-lbs / 20-27 Nm
Sequence valve, 850 psi / 58.6 bar .... FQ ....... Oscillate circuit ................................. 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
4 - 50 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
1
FA
2
FB
3 4
FC FD
5
FE
6 7
FF FG
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
MANIFOLDS
16
FQ
15
FP
Y95
Y8
Y93
Y94
Y9
Y4
Y3
FH
FI
8
9
Note: 'alpha' call outs refer to corresponding notes on the hydraulic schematic
Note: 'alphanumeric' call outs refer to corresponding notes on the electrical schematic
1
FJ - CHECK VALVE IS LOCATED
INSIDE THE MANIFOLD UNDER
THE VALVE CARTRIDGE.
Part No. 229753
14
FO
13
FN
12
FM FL
11 10
FJ
FK
1
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 51
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
MANIFOLDS
9-2
Valve Adjustments -
Function Manifold
How to Adjust the System Relief
Valve
Note: Perform this procedure with the machine in the stowed position.
1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressure gauge to test port #1 on the function manifold.
2 Remove the platform controls from the platform and place the controls near the function manifold on the tank side of the machine.
3 Start the engine from the platform controls.
4 Steer the machine fully to the right or left and hold. Note the pressure readings on the pressure gauge. Refer to Section 2,
Specifications .
5 Turn the engine off. Use a wrench to hold the system relief valve (item C) and remove the cap
.
6 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the pressure. Install the relief valve cap.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the relief valve higher than specified.
7 Repeat this procedure beginning with step 3 to confirm the relief valve pressures.
8 Remove the pressure gauge.
a b c
FF a test port #2 b test port #1 c system relief valve
4 - 52 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
How to Adjust the Oscillate
Relief Valve
Note: Perform this procedure with the machine in the stowed position and in high torque mode.
1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressure gauge to test port #2 on the function manifold.
2 Tag and disconnect the harness from the oscillate float valve (item A) on the function manifold.
3 Turn the key switch to platform control and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls.
4 Start the engine from the platform controls.
5 Fully move the drive controller in either direction.
Note the pressure readings on the pressure gauge. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Note: The machine will not drive and a fault will appear on the ground control display.
6 Turn the engine off. Use a wrench to hold the oscillate relief valve (item A) and remove the cap.
7 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the pressure. Install the relief valve cap.
Component damage hazard. Do not adjust the relief valve higher than specified.
8 Repeat this procedure beginning with step 3 to confirm the relief valve pressure.
9 Remove the pressure gauge.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
MANIFOLDS a
FB b c
FC d a oscillate float valve b test port #2 c oscillate relief valve d test port #1
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 53
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
MANIFOLDS
How to Adjust the Platform Up
Relief Valve
(Models with Platform overload)
Note: Be sure that the hydraulic oil level is within the top 2 inches / 5 cm of the sight gauge.
Note: This procedure will require a pressure switch harness assembly.
1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressure gauge to test port #1 on the function manifold.
2 Press and hold both the blue platform up and yellow platform down buttons. Pull out the red
Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
a b c a diagnostic display b blue platform up button c lift function enable button d yellow platform down button
3 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to select options.
Result:
SELECT OPTIONS
is showing in the diagnostic display window. The ECM is now in programming mode.
d
4 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
DESCENT DELAY
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
5 Press the lift function enable button to deactivate the descent delay option.
6 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to overload.
Result:
OVERLOAD ON
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
7 Press the lift function enable button to deactivate the overload option.
8 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to return to the main menu.
Result:
RETURN TO MAIN MENU
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
9 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
SELECT OPTIONS
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
10 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
11 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground controls.
12 Start the engine from the ground controls.
13 Raise the platform approximately 10 feet / 3 m.
14 Lift the safety arm and move it to the center of the linkage and rotate to a vertical position.
15 Lower the platform onto the safety arm. Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position.
4 - 54 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
16 Locate and remove the maximum height limit switch from the lower slider channel and set aside.
Note: Do not disconnect the limit switch harness.
a
MANIFOLDS
17 Locate and disconnect the lift cylinder pressure switch harness.
a maximum height limit switch
Y7
Y10 a
A I
b c
AK
a platform down solenoid valve b lift cylinder c pressure switch
18 On the machine side of the harness connect a jumper from pin 1 (yellow) to pin 3 (red).
19 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position and raise the platform approximately
10 feet / 3m.
20 Return the safety arm to the stowed position.
21 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
22 Place the maximum rated load in the platform.
Secure the load to the platform. Refer to
Section 2, Specifications.
23 Start the engine from the ground controls.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 55
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
MANIFOLDS
24 Press and hold the lift function enable button and press and hold the blue platform up button.
Allow the platform to raise completely, then continue activating the lift function while observing the pressure reading on the pressure gauge. Note the pressure. Refer to Section 2,
Specifications .
25 Turn the engine off. Hold the lift relief valve
(item FE) with a wrench and remove the cap.
26 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the pressure. Install the relief valve cap.
Tip-over hazard. Failure to adjust the relief valve as instructed will cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the relief valve higher than specified.
27 Repeat this procedure beginning with step 23 to confirm the relief valve pressure.
a b c
FE a test port #2 b test port #1 c platform up relief valve
28 Lower the platform and remove the test weights.
29 Raise the platform approximately 10 feet / 3 m.
30 Lift the safety arm and move it to the center of the linkage and rotate to a vertical position.
31 Lower the platform onto the safety arm. Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position.
32 Remove the jumper from the pressure switch harness and connect it to the pressure switch.
33 Install the maximum height limit switch to the lower slider channel.
4 - 56 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
MANIFOLDS
34 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position and raise the platform approximately
10 feet / 3m.
35 Return the safety arm to the stowed position.
36 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
37 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position.
38 Press and hold both the blue platform up and yellow platform down buttons. Pull out the red
Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
39 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to select options.
Result:
SELECT OPTIONS
is showing in the diagnostic display window. The ECM is now in programming mode.
40 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
DESCENT DELAY
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
41 Press the lift function enable button to deactivate the descent delay option.
42 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to overload.
Result:
OVERLOAD ON
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
43 Press the lift function enable button to deactivate the overload option.
44 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to return to the main menu.
Result:
RETURN TO MAIN MENU
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
45 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
SELECT OPTIONS
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
46 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 57
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
MANIFOLDS
How to Adjust the Platform Up
Relief Valve
(Models without Platform Overload)
Note: Be sure that the hydraulic oil level is within the top 2 inches / 5 cm of the sight gauge.
1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressure gauge to test port #1 on the function manifold.
2 Place the maximum rated load in the platform.
Secure the load to the platform. Refer to
Section 2, Specifications.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls.
4 Start the engine from the ground controls.
5 Press and hold the lift function enable button and press and hold the blue platform up button.
Allow the platform to raise completely, then continue activating the lift function while observing the pressure reading on the pressure gauge. Note the pressure. Refer to Section 2,
Specifications .
6 Turn the engine off. Hold the lift relief valve
(item FE) with a wrench and remove the cap.
7 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the pressure. Install the relief valve cap.
Tip-over hazard. Failure to adjust the relief valve as instructed will cause the machine to tip over resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the relief valve higher than specified.
8 Repeat this procedure beginning with step 4 to confirm the relief valve pressure.
a b c
FE a test port #2 b test port #1 c platform up relief valve
4 - 58 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
MANIFOLDS
9-3
Outrigger Manifold Components
The outrigger manifold is located beneath the hose cover panel on top of the drive chassis
Index
No.
1
Description
Schematic
Item Function Torque
Solenoid valve,
3 position 4 way NC ............................. BA ......... Outriggers in / out .......................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Y39
Y40
BA
1
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 59
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
MANIFOLDS
9-4
Traction Manifold Components - View 1
The traction manifold is located inside the ground control box.
3
4
5
6
1
2
Index
No.
7
8
9
10
11
12
Description
Schematic
Item Function Torque
Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ........ TA ....... Brake release ................................... 15-20 ft-lbs / 20-27 Nm
Solenoid valve, 2 position 4 way ........ TB ....... Front motor isolate ............................ 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Relief valve, 2500 psi / 172.4 bar ....... TC ....... Drive pressure circuit ........................ 15-20 ft-lbs / 20-27 Nm
Needle valve N.C. ............................... TD ....... Enables towing ability ...................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ........ TE ....... Drive forward / reverse ..................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Orifice, 0.060 inch / 1.5 mm ................. TF ....... Equalizes pressure on both sides of flow divider/combiner valve 17
Flow divider/combiner valve ............... TG ....... Controls flow to flow divider/combiner valves
8 and 17 .......................................... 73-77 ft-lbs / 99-104 Nm
Flow divider/combiner valve ............... TH ....... Controls flow to steer end drive motors in forward and reverse ....................................... 48-52 ft-lbs / 65-71 Nm
Orifice, 0.060 inch / 1.5 mm ................. TI ......... Equalizes pressure on both sides of flow divider/combiner valve 8
Solenoid valve, 2 position 2 way ........ TJ ........ Allows flow to bypass divider/combiner valve 7 in high drive ...................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Solenoid valve, 2 position 2 way ....... TK ........ Allows flow to loop the steer end motors in high drive .......................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ........ TL ....... Two speed circuit .............................. 15-20 ft-lbs / 20-27 Nm
This list continues. Please turn the page.
4 - 60 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
1
TA
2
TB
3
TC
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
MANIFOLDS
12
TL
11
TK
10
TJ
9
TI
Y27
Y2
Y96
Y97
Y98
Y5
Y6
TD
4
TE
5
Part No. 229753
8
TH
7
TG
6
TF
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 61
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
MANIFOLDS
Traction Manifold Components - View 2
The traction manifold is located inside the ground control box.
Index
No.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Description
Schematic
Item Function Torque
Orifice, 0.030 inch / .76 mm ................. TM ...... Brake circuit
Orifice, 0.030 inch / .76 mm ................. TN ....... Two-speed circuit
Pressure reducing valve,
250 psi / 17.2 bar ................................ TO ....... Two-speed and brake circuit ............ 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Orifice, 0.035 inch / .9 mm ................... TP ....... Equalizes pressure on both sides of flow divider/combiner valve 7
Flow divider/combiner valve ............... TQ ....... Controls flow to non-steer end drive motors in forward and reverse ..................................... 73-77 ft-lbs / 99-104 Nm
Counterbalance valve,
3500 psi / 241.3 bar ............................ TR ....... Traction relief .................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 40-47 Nm
Check valve ......................................... TS ....... Two-speed circuit ............................. 12-14 ft-lbs / 16-19 Nm
Check valve ......................................... TT ....... Brake circuit ...................................... 12-14 ft-lbs / 16-19 Nm
4 - 62 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014
13
TM
14
TN
15
TO
16
TP
17
TQ
18
TR
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
MANIFOLDS
20
TT
Part No. 229753
19
TS
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 63
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
MANIFOLDS
9-5
Generator Manifold Components
The generator manifold is located above the function manifold.
1
2
Index
No.
Description
Schematic
Item Function Torque
Proportional solenoid valve ................. DA ......... Generator speed ........................... 33-37 ft-lbs / 45-50 Nm
Relief valve, 2700 psi / 186 bar ........... DB ......... Generator circuit ........................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
1
DA
Y29
DB
2
4 - 64 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
MANIFOLDS
9-6
Valve Coils
How to Test a Coil
A properly functioning coil provides an electromagnetic force which operates the solenoid valve. Critical to normal operation is continuity within the coil. Zero resistance or infinite resistance indicates the coil has failed.
Since coil resistance is sensitive to temperature, resistance values outside specification can produce erratic operation. When coil resistance decreases below specification, amperage increases. As resistance rises above specification, voltage increases.
While valves may operate when coil resistance is outside specification, maintaining coils within specification will help ensure proper valve function over a wide range of operating temperatures.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry.
Note: If the machine has been in operation, allow the coil to cool at least 3 hours before performing this test.
1 Tag and disconnect the wiring from the coil to be tested.
2 Test the coil resistance using a multimeter set to resistance (
Ω). Refer to the Valve Coil
Resistance Specification table.
Result: If the resistance is not within the adjusted specification, plus or minus 10%, replace the coil.
Valve Coil Resistance
Specification
Note: The following coil resistance specifications are at an ambient temperature of 68°F / 20°C. As valve coil resistance is sensitive to changes in air temperature, the coil resistance will typically increase or decrease by 4% for each 18°F / 20°C that your air temperature increases or decreases from 68°F / 20°C.
Description
Proportional valve,
12V DC with diode (schematic item FL)
Specification
7.1
Ω
Solenoid valve, 2 position 2 way
12V DC with diode (schematic item FB)
8.8
Ω
Solenoid valve, 2 position 2 way
12V DC with diode (schematic item TJ, TK)
7.1
Ω
Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way
12V DC with diode (schematic item FO, FP, TL, TT)
8.8
Ω
Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way
12V DC with diode (schematic item FD)
7.1
Ω
Solenoid valve, 2 position 4 way
12V DC with diode (schematic items TB)
7.1
Ω
Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way
12V DC with diode (schematic items BA)
7.1
Ω
Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way
12V DC with diode (schematic items TE)
5.1
Ω
Solenoid valve, 3 position 5 way
12V DC with diode (schematic item FK)
8.8
Ω
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 65
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
MANIFOLDS
How to Test a Coil Diode
Genie incorporates spike suppressing diodes in many valve coils. Properly functioning coil diodes protect the electrical circuit by suppressing voltage spikes. Voltage spikes naturally occur within a function circuit following the interruption of electrical current to a coil. Faulty diodes can fail to protect the electrical system, resulting in a tripped circuit breaker or component damage.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry.
1 Test the coil for resistance. See 9-6, How to
Test a Coil.
2 Connect a 10
Ω resistor to the negative terminal of a known good 9V DC battery. Connect the other end of the resistor to a terminal on the coil.
Note: The battery should read 9V DC or more when measured across the terminals.
Resistor, 10
Ω
Genie part number 27287
3 Set a multimeter to read DC current.
Note: The multimeter, when set to read DC current, should be capable of reading up to 800 mA.
COIL a d
MULTI
METER c c
1W
RESISTOR
-
+
+
9V
BATTERY
b b a multimeter b 9V DC battery c 10
Ω resistor d coil
Note: Dotted lines in illustration indicate a reversed connection as specified in step 6
4 Connect the negative lead to the other terminal on the coil.
Note: If testing a single-terminal coil, connect the negative lead to the internal metallic ring at either end of the coil.
5 Momentarily connect the positive lead from the multimeter to the positive terminal on the 9V DC battery. Note the current reading.
6 At the battery or coil terminals, reverse the connections. Note the current reading.
Result: Both current readings are greater than
0 mA and are different by a minimum of 20%.
The coil is good.
Result: If one or both of the current readings are
0 mA, or if the two current readings do not differ by a minimum of 20%, the coil and/or its internal diode are faulty and the coil should be replaced.
4 - 66 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
MANIFOLDS
How to Test the Coils Using the
Test System Function
The Electronic Control Module (ECM) contains programming that can test the coils on the function and traction manifolds. If a fault is detected it will show in the diagnostic display window.
Note: Perform this procedure on a flat level surface and the platform in the stowed position.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at the platform controls.
2 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control.
4 Press and hold both the blue platform up and yellow platform down buttons. Pull out the red
Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
5 Use the yellow platform down arrow to scroll to test system.
Result:
TEST SYSTEM
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
6 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
RUN SYSTEM TEST
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
7 Press the lift function enable button.
Result:
NO FAULTS DETECTED
is showing in the diagnostic display window.
Result: A fault is detected and showing in the diagnostic display window.
Refer to Section 5, Fault Codes.
8 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
a b c d a diagnostic display b blue platform up button c lift function enable button d yellow platform down button
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 67
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Fuel and Hydraulic Tanks
November 2014
10-1
Fuel Tank
How to Remove the Fuel Tank
Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Remove the fuel tank in an open, wellventilated area away from heaters, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach.
Explosion and fire hazard. When transferring fuel, connect a grounding wire between the machine and pump or container.
Explosion and fire hazard. Never drain or store fuel in an open container due to the possibility of fire.
1 Remove the fuel filler cap from the tank.
2 Using an approved hand-operated pump, drain the fuel tank into a suitable container. Refer to
Section 2, Machine Specifications.
Note: Be sure to only use a hand operated pump suitable for use with gasoline and/or diesel fuel.
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the fuel supply and return hoses from the fuel tank.
4 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
5 Loosen the fuel tank mounting strap fastener.
Pull the tank strap to the side.
Note: Do not remove the tank strap.
6 Remove the fuel tank from the machine.
Component damage hazard. During installation, do not overtighten the fuel tank strap mounting fastener.
Note: Clean the fuel tank and inspect for cracks or other damage before installing.
4 - 68 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
FUEL AND HYDRAULIC TANKS
10-2
Hydraulic Tank
The primary functions of the hydraulic tank are to cool, clean and deaerate the hydraulic fluid during operation. It utilizes internal suction strainer for the pump supply line and has an external return line filter.
How to Remove the
Hydraulic Tank
Component damage hazard. The work area and surfaces where this procedure will be performed must be clean and free of debris that could get into the hydraulic system and cause severe component damage. Dealer service is recommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
1 Open the hydraulic tank side cover.
2 Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tank and completely drain the tank into a container of suitable capacity. Refer to Section 2, Machine
Specifications .
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
3 Tag and disconnect the harnesses from the ground control box.
4 Remove the ground control box from the machine and set aside.
5 Tag disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the hydraulic tank. Cap the fittings on the tank and return filter.
6 Remove the return filter. Protect the filter head from dirt and debris with a plastic bag.
7 Loosen the hydraulic tank mounting strap fastener. Pull the tank strap to the side.
Note: Do not remove the tank strap.
8 Remove the hydraulic tank from the machine.
Component damage hazard. During installation, do not overtighten the hydraulic tank strap mounting fastener.
Note: Clean the hydraulic tank and inspect for cracks or other damage before installing.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 69
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Steer Axle Components
November 2014
11-1
Yoke and Drive Motor
How to Remove the Yoke and Drive Motor
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
1 Block the non-steer wheels and center a lifting jack under the drive chassis at the steer end of the machine.
2 Loosen the wheel lug bolts. Do not remove them.
3 Raise the machine approximately
2 inches / 5 cm. Place blocks under the chassis for support.
Crushing hazard. The chassis will fall if not properly supported.
4 Remove the wheel lug bolts. Remove the tire and wheel assembly.
5 Tag, disconnect and plug the hoses from the drive motor. Cap the fittings on the drive motor.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
6 Support and secure the yoke and drive motor assembly with a lifting device.
Left side yoke:
7 Remove the tie rod rue ring and clevis pin from the yoke and set aside. Skip to step 9.
Right side yoke:
7 Remove the steer cylinder rue ring and clevis pin from the yoke and set aside.
8 Remove the tie rod rue ring and clevis pin from the yoke and set aside.
9 Remove the retaining fastener from the lower yoke king pin.
10 Use a small pry bar to remove the king pin.
11 Remove the retaining fastener from the upper yoke king pin.
12 Use a small pry bar to remove the king pin.
13 Remove the yoke and drive motor assembly from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The yoke and drive motor assembly may become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported and secured with a suitable lifting device when it is removed from the machine.
4 - 70 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
STEER AXLE COMPONENTS
How to Remove a Drive Motor
Component damage hazard.
Repairs to the motor should only be performed by an authorized dealer.
Component damage hazard. The work area and surfaces where this procedure will be performed must be clean and free of debris that could get into the hydraulic system and cause severe component damage. Dealer service is recommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications .
1 Refer to Repair Procedure 11-1, How to Remove the Yoke and Drive Motor.
2 Remove the drive motor mounting fasteners.
Remove the drive motor from the yoke.
11-2
Steer Cylinder
How to Remove the
Steer Cylinder
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the steer cylinder. Cap the fittings on the cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
2 Remove the rue ring from each cylinder clevis pin. Remove the clevis pins.
3 Remove the steer cylinder from the machine.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 71
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
STEER AXLE COMPONENTS
11-3
Tie Rod
How to Remove the Tie Rod
1 Remove the rue ring from each tie rod clevis pin.
Remove the clevis pins.
2 Remove the tie rod.
11-4
Oscillate Cylinder
How to Remove the
Oscillate Cylinder
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications .
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the oscillate cylinder. Cap the fittings on the cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
2 Block the non-steer wheels and center a lifting jack under the drive chassis just behind the front axle at the side of the machine.
3 Remove the pivot pin retaining fasteners.
4 Using a soft metal drift, remove the pivot pins.
Note: Adjust the lifting jack to reduce the load on the pivot pins. Do not lift the machine off of the ground.
5 Remove the oscillate cylinder from the machine.
4 - 72 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
STEER AXLE COMPONENTS
11-5
Oscillate Hoses
Test the Oscillate Axle Hose
Routing
Note: Perform this procedure if the oscillate hoses have been removed or replaced.
1 Open the ground controls compartment and locate the function manifold. Refer to illustration
1, item A.
A
2 Tag and disconnect the connector with the red wire from the oscillate left coil (item A) and the connector with the white wire from the oscillate right coil (item B) and set aside. Refer to illustration 2.
illustration 1
A B
C
D illustration 2
3 Tag and disconnect the connector with the blue wire from the steer right coil (item C). Connect it to the oscillate right coil (item B). Refer to illustration 2.
4 Tag and disconnect the connector with the blue/ black wire from the steer left coil (item D).
Connect it to the oscillate left coil (item A).
Refer to illustration 2.
5 Turn the key switch to platform controls and pull out the red Emergency stop buttons to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. Start the engine.
Note: During this procedure a fault code 64 will appear on the ground controls display.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 73
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
STEER AXLE COMPONENTS
6 Slowly drive the machine in a safe direction and activate steer right.
Result: The right oscillate cylinder will extend and the left oscillate cylinder will retract.
7 Slowly drive the machine in a safe direction and activate steer left.
Result: The left oscillate cylinder will extend and the right oscillate cylinder will retract.
8 Turn the machine off.
9 Disconnect the connector with the blue wire from the oscillate right coil (item B). Connect it to the steer right coil (item C). Refer to illustration 2.
10 Disconnect the connector with the blue/black wire from the oscillate left coil (item A). Connect it to the steer left coil (item D). Refer to illustration 2.
11 Connect the connector with the red wire to the oscillate left coil (item A) and the connector with the white wire to the oscillate right coil (item B) that were removed in step 2. Refer to illustration
2. Continue to Check the Steering.
Check the Steering
1 Turn the key switch to platform controls and pull out the red Emergency stop buttons to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. Start the engine.
2 Activate steer right and verify the machine steers to the right.
3 Activate steer left and verify the machine steers to the left.
4 Test the axle oscillate axle. Refer Maintenance
Procedures A-5, Test the Oscillate Axle.
4 - 74 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Non-steer Axle Components
12-1
Drive Motor / Brake Assembly
How to Remove a Drive Motor /
Brake Assembly
Component damage hazard.
Repairs to the motor should only be performed by an authorized dealer.
Component damage hazard. The work area and surfaces where this procedure will be performed must be clean and free of debris that could get into the hydraulic system and cause severe component damage. Dealer service is recommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications
1 Block the steer wheels.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the drive motor / brake assembly. Cap the fittings.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
3 Support and secure the drive motor / brake assembly with a lifting device.
4 Remove the drive motor / brake mounting fasteners.
5 Remove the drive motor / brake assembly from the drive hub and remove from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The drive motor and brake assembly may become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported and secured with a suitable lifting device when removed from the machine.
Note: There is an O-ring between the drive motor / brake assembly and drive hub and in the brake port. Be sure that they are in place when installing the drive motor / brake assembly to the drive hub.
Note: Refer to Section 2, Specifications for torque specifications.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 75
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
NON-STEER AXLE COMPONENTS
12-2
Drive Hub
How to Remove a Drive Hub
Component damage hazard.
Repairs to the motor should only be performed by an authorized dealer.
Component damage hazard. The work area and surfaces where this procedure will be performed must be clean and free of debris that could get into the hydraulic system and cause severe component damage. Dealer service is recommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications
1 Remove the drive motor / brake assembly. Refer to Repair Procedure 12-1, How to Remove a
Drive Motor / Brake Assembly.
2 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity under the drive chassis at the non-steer end of the machine.
3 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not remove them.
4 Raise the machine approximately
2 inches / 5 cm. Place blocks under the chassis for support.
Crushing hazard. The chassis will fall if it is not properly supported.
5 Remove the wheel lug nuts. Remove the tire and wheel assembly.
6 Support and secure the drive hub with a lifting device.
7 Remove the drive hub mounting fasteners.
Remove the drive hub.
Crushing hazard. The drive hub may become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported and secured with a suitable lifting device when removed from the machine.
Note: There is an O-ring between the drive motor / brake assembly and drive hub and in the brake port. Be sure that they are in place when installing the drive motor / brake assembly to the drive hub.
Note: Refer to Section 2, Specifications for torque specifications.
4 - 76 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Outrigger Components
13-1
Outrigger Cylinder
How to Remove an Outrigger
Cylinder (if equipped)
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and
Fitting Torque Specifications
1 Remove the mounting fasteners from the inside outrigger cylinder cover. Remove the cover.
2 Remove the outrigger hose cover.
3 Disconnect the outrigger limit switch and cylinder valve connectors.
4 Remove the mounting fasteners from the outside outrigger cover. Remove the cover.
5 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the outrigger cylinder. Cap the fittings on the cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
6 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to the barrel end of the outrigger cylinder for support. Do not apply any lifting pressure.
7 Remove the outrigger mounting fasteners. Slide the outrigger cylinder down and away from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The outrigger cylinder may become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine.
Note: If the outrigger cylinder is being replaced, remove the foot pad assembly and install it on the replacement cylinder.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 77
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Platform Overload Components
November 2014
14-1
Platform Overload System
How to Calibrate the Platform
Overload System (if equipped)
On machines with platform overload systems, proper calibration is essential to safe machine operation. An improperly calibrated platform overload system could result in the system failing to sense an overloaded platform. The stability of the machine is compromised and it could tip over.
Note: For troubleshooting information refer to page
4 - 82.
1 Models with outriggers: Deploy the outriggers and level the machine.
2 Apply a thin layer of dry film lubricant to the area of the chassis where the scissor arm wear pads make contact.
3 Disconnect the platform controls from the machine at the platform.
4 Open the side covers at the ground controls side of the machine.
5 Locate the Electronic Control Module (ECM) wire harness 6 pin connector to platform controls connection below and behind the control box.
6 Tag and disconnect the platform controls wire harness from the ECM wire harness.
7 Securely connect the platform controls to the
ECM wire harness.
8 Using a suitable lifting device, place a weight, in the center of the platform floor. Secure the weight to the platform. Refer to the chart below.
GS-2669
GS-3369
GS-4069
1500 lb / 680 kg
1000 lb / 454 kg
800 lb / 363 kg
9 Turn the key switch to platform controls and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. Start the engine.
10 Raise the platform to approximately 10 ft / 3 m.
11 Lower the platform until the down limit switch activates and the platform stops lowering.
12 Locate a supporting device under the platform.
Do not apply any lifting pressure.
13 Loosen the retaining ring and remove the switch adjustment cover from the pressure switch.
Note: The pressure switch is located on the lower lift cylinder.
4 - 78 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
PLATFORM OVERLOAD COMPONENTS
14 Using a small slotted screwdriver, turn the adjustment screw of the platform overload pressure switch one-quarter turn into the hydraulic line.
15 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
16 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls. Wait 3 seconds.
Result: The alarm doesn't sound and the engine will start and run. Proceed to step 17.
Result: The engine will not start and an alarm is sounding. Repeat this procedure beginning with step 14.
Note: The red Emergency Stop button must be cycled after each quarter turn of the nut to allow the platform overload system to reset.
Note: Wait a minimum of 3 seconds between each quarter turn of the nut to allow the platform overload system to reset.
17 Remove the supporting device from under the platform.
18 Start the engine and raise the platform to
13 ft / 4 m.
19 Rotate the safety arm away from the machine and let it hang down.
20 Lower the scissor assembly until the safety arm rest on the cross tube.
21 Install the cover onto the platform overload pressure switch or switch box and securely tighten the cover retaining fasteners. Do not over tighten.
22 Apply Sentry Seal to one of the cover retaining fasteners where it contacts the platform overload pressure switch box.
23 Raise the platform enough to return the safety arm to the stowed position.
24 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 79
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
PLATFORM OVERLOAD COMPONENTS
Check the Maximum Height
Limit Switch
1 Using a suitable lifting device, place a test weight in the center of the platform floor. Secure the weight to the platform. Refer to the chart below.
GS-2669 RT
GS-3369 RT
GS-4069 RT
680 kg
454 kg
363 kg
2 Raise the platform to approximately 13 ft / 4 m.
3 Rotate the safety arm away from the machine and let it hang down.
4 Raise the platform until it activates the maximum height limit switch.
Result: The alarm does not sound and the engine will continue to run. Proceed to step 7.
Result: The overload alarm is sounding and the engine stops running. Proceed to step 5.
5 Lower the scissor assembly until the safety arm rest on the cross tube.
6 Adjust the maximum height limit switch by moving it towards the non-steer end of the machine. Repeat this procedure beginning with step 2.
7 Lower the platform enough to return the safety arm to the stowed position.
8 Lower the platform to the stowed position.
Remove the test weight.
a b
November 2014 c a b
Limit switch legend a down limit switch b load sense interrupt limit switch c maximum height limit switch
4 - 80 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
PLATFORM OVERLOAD COMPONENTS
14-2
Platform Overload Recovery
Message (software version B3 and later)
If the ground controls LCD screen displays Ovrld
Recovery
, the emergency lowering system has been used while the platform was overloaded.
Note: This message shall be cleared by a person trained and qualified on the troubleshooting and repair of this machine.
Note: Use the following illustration to identify the description of each control button used in this procedure.
a a LCD screen b up button c function enable button d down button
1 Turn the key switch to the ground controls position and pull out the red Emergency stop button to the on position at the platform controls.
b c d
2 Press and hold both the up and down buttons.
Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at the ground controls.
Result:
TUNE SPEEDS
is showing in the LCD screen.
3 Use the down button to scroll to
SELECT OPTIONS
.
4 Press the function enable button.
Result:
DESCENT DELAY
is showing in the LCD screen.
5 Use the down button to scroll to
OVERLOAD
.
6 Press and hold the function enable button for 5 seconds.
Result: A screen will appear asking for the overload recovery passcode.
7 Press the buttons in the following sequence:
(down) (down) (up) (enable)
.
Result: The LCD screen displays
CLEARED
and returns to the
OVERLOAD
screen.
8 Use the down button to scroll to
RETURN TO MAIN
MENU
.
9 Press the function enable button.
Result:
SELECT OPTIONS
is showing in the LCD screen.
10 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at the ground controls.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 4 - 81
Section 4 • Repair Procedures November 2014
PLATFORM OVERLOAD COMPONENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING THE PLATFORM OVERLOAD SYSTEM
CONDITION
CANNOT LIFT RATED LOAD
POSSIBLE CAUSE SOLUTION
RELIEF VALVE SET TOO LOW INCREASE RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE
AT MAX. HEIGHT WITH RATED SYSTEM NEEDS TO BE
LOAD IN PLATFORM, RESET
PRESSURE SWITCH ALARM
CONTINUES TO SOUND
MAX. HEIGHT LIMIT SWITCH
OUT OF ADJUSTMENT OR
FAULTY
TOO MUCH WEIGHT IN
PLATFORM
PRESSURE SWITCH OUT OF
ADJUSTMENT
BATTERIES ARE NOT FULLY
CHARGED
OVERLOAD SYSTEM NOT
ADJUSTED PROPERLY
SLIDER CHANNEL NOT
LUBRICATED
TURN OFF RED EMERGENCY
STOP BUTTON, WAIT THREE
SECONDS AND TURN MACHINE
BACK ON
LOWER THE UP LIMIT SWITCH
SLIGHTLY OR REPLACE
CONTACTS
PUT CORRECT RATED LOAD
IN PLATFORM
TURN THE PRESSURE
SWITCH NUT 1/4 TURN INTO
THE HYDRAULIC LINE
CHARGE BATTERIES
REPEAT CALIBRATION
PROCEDURE
LUBRICATE THE SLIDER
CHANNEL
AT DOWN LIMIT WITH RATED SYSTEM NEEDS TO BE
LOAD IN PLATFORM, THE RESET
PRESSURE SWITCH ALARM
CONTINUES TO SOUND
DOWN LIMIT SWITCH OUT OF RAISE THE DOWN LIMIT
ADJUSTMENT SWITCH
TOO MUCH WEIGHT IN
PLATFORM
PUT CORRECT RATED LOAD
IN PLATFORM
OVERLOAD SYSTEM NOT
ADJUSTED PROPERLY
TURN OFF RED EMERGENCY
STOP BUTTON, WAIT THREE
SECONDS AND TURN MACHINE
BACK ON
TURN THE PRESSURE SWITCH
NUT 1/4 TURN INTO THE
HYDRAULIC LINE OR REPEAT
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
4 - 82 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 5 • Fault Codes
Fault Codes
Observe and Obey:
Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall be completed by a person trained and qualified on the repair of this machine.
Immediately tag and remove from service a damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunction before operating the machine.
Unless otherwise specified, perform each repair procedure with the machine in the following configuration:
• Machine parked on a firm, level surface
• Platform in the stowed position
• Key switch in the off position with the key removed
• The red Emergency Stop button in the off position at both ground and platform controls
• Wheels chocked
• All external AC power supply disconnected from the machine
Before Troubleshooting:
Read, understand and obey the safety rules and operating instructions in the appropriate operator's manual on your machine.
Be sure that all necessary tools and test equipment are available and ready for use.
Be aware of the following hazards and follow generally accepted safe workshop practices.
Crushing hazard. When testing or replacing any hydraulic component, always support the structure and secure it from movement.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry.
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 5 - 1
Section 5 • Fault Codes November 2014
FAULT CODES
About This Section
When a malfunction is discovered, the fault code charts in this section will help a service professional pinpoint the cause of the problem. To use this section, basic hand tools and certain pieces of test equipment are required—voltmeter, ohmmeter, pressure gauges.
General Repair Process
Malfunction discovered
Identify symptoms problem still exists
Return to service problem solved
Inspect and test
Troubleshoot
Perform repair
Ground Control
LED Diagnostic Readout
The diagnostic readout displays numerical codes that provide information about the machine operating status and about malfunctions. The dot to the right of the numbers remain on when a fault code is displayed.
The codes listed in the Fault Code Chart describe malfunctions and can aid in troubleshooting the machine by pinpointing the area or component affected.
Platform LED
Green - System ready, normal operation.
Red - A fault condition has occurred.
5 - 2 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 5 • Fault Codes
Fault Code Chart
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID Name
01
02
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Internal ECU Fault N/A Internal ECU error. System shutdown.
Platform ECU
Fault
ID Name
N/A Platform / Ground System shutdown.
communication error.
Replace ECU.
Troubleshoot control cable or platform controls.
Replace ECU.
Chassis Start
Switch
Chassis Choke
Switch
N/A Engine start button fault at ground controls.
N/A Starting aid button fault at ground controls.
Engine will not start.
Starting aid disabled.
Chassis Up Switch N/A Platform up switch fault at ground controls.
Chassis Lift
Switch
N/A
Platform up disabled.
Platform up/down Platform up/down enable button fault functions disabled.
at ground controls.
Down Switch N/A Platform down switch fault at ground controls.
Platform down disabled.
Replace ECU.
Replace ECU.
Replace ECU.
Replace ECU.
Left Turn Switch N/A Left turn switch Malfunctioning steer Troubleshoot steer fault.
left microswitch.
left microswitch.
Right Turn Switch N/A Right turn switch Malfunctioning steer Troubleshoot steer fault.
right microswitch.
right microswitch.
Drive Enable
Switch
N/A Function enable Machine functions switch activated disabled.
when machine is powered on.
Release function enable switch before power up or replace joystick.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 5 - 3
Section 5 • Fault Codes November 2014
FAULT CODE CHART
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Name
Drive Joystick
Off Neutral
ID Name
N/A Drive joystick off Machine functions neutral when disabled.
machine is powered on.
Release joystick before power up or replace joystick.
Platform Up
Switch
Lift Joystick
Off Neutral
N/A Up / Down switch Up / Down function Replace up / down off neutral.
disabled.
switch at platform.
Platform Choke N/A Starting aid fault at Starting aid
Switch platform controls. disabled.
Troubleshoot button or replace circuit board at platform controls.
Platform Start
Switch
N/A Platform up enable Platform up button fault at function disabled.
platform controls.
Troubleshoot button or replace circuit board at platform controls.
Left Front
Outrigger Switch
N/A Engine start buttonEngine will not fault at platform start.
controls.
Troubleshoot button or replace circuit board at platform controls.
N/A Left front outrigger Outriggers disabled.
Troubleshoot button or enable button fault, replace circuit board platform controls.
at platform controls.
Right Front
Outrigger Switch
Left Rear
Outrigger Switch
Right Rear
Outrigger Switch
N/A Right front outrigger enable button fault, platform controls.
Outriggers disabled.
Troubleshoot button or replace circuit board at platform controls.
N/A Left rear outrigger Outriggers disabled.
Troubleshoot button or enable button fault, replace circuit board platform controls.
at platform controls.
N/A Right rear outrigger enable button fault, platform controls.
Outriggers disabled.
Troubleshoot button or replace circuit board at platform controls.
5 - 4 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 5 • Fault Codes
FAULT CODE CHART
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID Name
37
ID Name
Auto Level Switch N/A Outrigger auto level enable button
Outriggers disabled.
Troubleshoot button or replace circuit board fault at platform controls.
at platform controls.
38 Oscillate
Limit Switches
12
15
19
21
Value to high.
Voltage above
3000 mV.
Value to low.
Voltage below
1000 mV.
Voltage out of range.
Voltage inconsistent.
Elevated drive and Troubleshoot oscillate platform up disabled. limit switches.
39
40
49
Down Limit Switch 21
Oscillate Output
Drive Coil 1
21
22
Voltage inconsistent.
Elevated drive and Troubleshoot stowed platform up disabled. limit switch.
Both oscillate Elevated drive and Troubleshoot oscillate valve outputs are platform up disabled. limit switches or on at the same time while replace ECU.
elevated.
Flashing or Motion
Beacon option is set to on and it is
Set the option to off if not installed on the machine.
not installed on the machine.
Oscillate valve output is active for more than 4 sec's.
N/A Drive coil 1 (Y27) High speed drive fault.
function disabled.
Troubleshoot 2 speed valve coil.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 5 - 5
Section 5 • Fault Codes November 2014
FAULT CODE CHART
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID Name
50
51
52
54
55
56
57
58
60
61
Drive Coil 2
Drive Coil 3
ID Name
N/A Drive coil 2 (Y98) High speed drive fault.
function disabled.
Troubleshoot high speed bypass valve coil.
Troubleshoot front motor isolate valve coil.
Function
Proportional Coil
Up Coil
Down Coil
N/A Proportional coil Platform up and
(Y9) fault.
outrigger functions
Troubleshoot proportional valve coil disabled.
or wiring.
N/A Platform up coil Platform up function Troubleshoot platform
(Y8) fault.
disabled.
up valve coil or wiring.
N/A Platform down coil (Y7) or
(Y7A - GS4069).
Platform down function disabled.
Troubleshoot platform down valve coil or wiring.
Right Turn Coil N/A Steer right coil
(Y3) fault.
Left Turn Coil N/A Steer left coil
(Y4) fault.
Steer right function Troubleshoot steer disabled.
right valve coil or wiring.
Steer left function disabled.
Troubleshoot steer left valve coil or wiring.
Brake Coil
Forward 1 Coil
Reverse 1 Coil
N/A
N/A Brake release coil Drive function
(Y2) fault.
disabled.
N/A
N/A
Drive coil 3 (Y96) fault.
High speed drive function disabled.
Drive forward coil High speed drive
(Y6) fault.
function disabled.
Drive reverse coil High speed drive
(Y5) fault.
function disabled.
Troubleshoot brake release valve coil or wiring.
Troubleshoot drive forward valve coil or wiring.
Troubleshoot drive reverse valve coil or wiring.
5 - 6 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 5 • Fault Codes
FAULT CODE CHART
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID
62
64
Name
Drive Coil 4
ID Name
N/A Drive coil 4 (Y97) High speed drive fault.
function disabled.
Oscillate Left Coil N/A Value too low
OR
Value too high.
Troubleshoot front motor free wheel valve coil or wiring.
Elevated drive and Troubleshoot oscillate platform up disabled. left valve coil (Y93) or wiring.
65
66
67
68
Oscillate Right
Coil
N/A Value too low
OR
Value too high.
Low Oil Pressure N/A Low engine oil pressure.
High Coolant
Temperature
N/A
Low ECU Voltage N/A
High engine coolant temperature.
Low input voltage System shutdown.
to ECU.
Elevated drive and Troubleshoot oscillate platform up disabled. right valve coil (Y94) or wiring.
Engine shutdown.
Check engine oil level.
Check wiring to pressure switch.
Replace oil pressure switch.
Engine shutdown.
Gas / LPG Models:
Check the engine coolant.
Check wiring to temperature switch.
Replace temperature switch
Diesel Models:
Check oil level.
Check wiring to temperature switch.
Replace temperature switch.
Charge battery.
Replace battery.
Check alternator.
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 5 - 7
Section 5 • Fault Codes November 2014
FAULT CODE CHART
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID Name
69
ID Name
Low Engine RPM N/A Engine rpm to low.
70 High Engine RPM N/A Engine rpm to high.
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
94
Engine shutdown.
Engine shutdown.
Adjust engine rpm.
Adjust engine rpm.
Left Front
Outrigger Coil
Left Rear
Outrigger Coil
N/A Left front outrigger Left front outrigger coil (Y35) fault.
disabled.
N/A Left rear outrigger Left rear outrigger coil (Y33) fault.
disabled.
Troubleshoot coil or wiring.
Troubleshoot coil or wiring.
Right Front
Outrigger Coil
Right Rear
Outrigger Coil
N/A Right front outrigger coil
(Y36) fault.
N/A Right rear outrigger coil
(Y34) fault.
Right front outrigger disabled.
Right front outrigger disabled.
Outrigger Extend N/A Outrigger extend Outrigger extend
Coil coil (Y40) fault.
function disabled.
Troubleshoot coil or wiring.
Troubleshoot coil or wiring.
Troubleshoot coil or wiring.
Outrigger Retract N/A Outrigger retract Outrigger retract
Coil coil (Y39) fault.
function disabled.
Float Coil N/A Oscillate float coil Elevated drive and
(Y95) fault.
Troubleshoot coil or wiring.
Troubleshoot coil or platform up disabled. wiring.
Machine Type N/A Incorrect model Machine will not configuration operate.
selected.
Select correct model configuration.
5 - 8 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Schematics
Observe and Obey:
Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall be completed by a person trained and qualified on the repair of this machine.
Immediately tag and remove from service a damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunction before operating the machine.
Before Troubleshooting:
Read, understand and obey the safety rules and operating instructions in the appropriate operator's manual on your machine.
Be sure that all necessary tools and test equipment are available and ready for use.
About This Section
There are two groups of schematics in this section.
Electrical Schematics
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry.
Hydraulic Schematics
Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray.
General Repair Process
Malfunction discovered
Identify symptoms
Troubleshoot problem still exists
Return to service problem solved
Inspect and test
Perform repair
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 1
Section 6 • Schematics
Electronic Control Module Pin-Out Legend
November 2014
J1 Connector
(36 pin)
A1 Right turn Y3 (output)
A2 Left turn Y4 (output)
A3 Platform up Y8 output) (ANSI / CSA)
A4 Brake Y2 (output)
A5 Drive forward 1 Y6 (output)
A6 Drive reverse 1 Y5 (output)
A7 Front motor free wheel Y97 (output)
A8 Not used
A9 Platform down Y7 (output) (ANSI / CSA)
A9 Platform overload CR55/LS6B (output) (AS / CE)
A10 2 speed Y27 (output)
A11 High speed bypass Y98 (output)
A12 Front motor isolate Y96 (output)
B1 Generator Y29 (output) (option)
B2 Not used
B3 Proportional flow control Y9 (output)
B4 Not used
B5 Right front outrigger Y36 (output)
B6 Outrigger retract Y40 (output)
B7 Outrigger extend Y39 (output)
B8 Oscillate float relays CR9/CR10 (output)
B9 Left front outrigger Y35 (output)
B10 Left rear outrigger Y34 (output)
B11 Right rear outrigger Y34 (output)
B12 LPG select/LPG lockout (output) (Gas/LPG models)
C1 Not used
C2 Platform overload relay CR74 (input) (AS / CE)
C3 Right front outrigger limit switch LS13 (input)
C4 Right rear outrigger limit switch LS15 (input)
C5 Left front outrigger limit switch LS12 (input)
C6 Left rear outrigger limit switch LS14 (input)
C7 Alternator (input)
C8 Engine oil pressure SW2 (input)
C9 Engine water temp SW1 (input)
C10 Not used
C11 Fuel pump (output) (Gas/LPG models)
C12 Oscillate resistor R1 (input)
J2 Connector
(36 pin)
A1 Not used
A2 Down limit switch LS6 (input)
A3 Auxiliary down power (input)
A4 Auxiliary down relay CR72-86 (output)
A5 Key switch KS1-3 (input)
A6 Level sensor S7 (white) (input) (w/o outriggers)
A7 Right axle oscillate limit switch LSA2OS (input)
A8 Left axle oscillate limit switch LSA2OS (input)
A9 Not used
A10 Platform controls (ground)
A11 Platform controls data high (+) (input)
A12 Platform controls data low (-) (input)
B1 Level sensor pitch S8 (blue) (input) (outrigger option)
B2 Level sensor ground S7 (black)
B3 Level sensor roll S8 (yellow) (input) (outrigger option)
B4 ECU ground
B5 Oscillate fault detection LSA1OSS/LSA2OSS (input)
B6 Not used
B7 Starter relay CR1-86 (output)
B8 Ignition relay CR2-86 / Hour meter G6 (output)
B9 High idle relay CR4-86 (output)
B10 Level sensor power S7 (red) (output)
B11 Horn relay CR5-86 (output)
B12 Alarm H5 (output)
C1 System power CR71-87 (input)
C2 System power CR71-87 (input)
C3 System power CR71-87 (input)
C4 Engine glow plug CR15-86 (output) (Diesel models)
C4 Engine choke CR73-86 (output) (Gas/LPG models)
C5 Not used
C6 Not used
C7 ECU ground
C8 Left axle oscillate valve coil (output)
C9 Right axle oscillate valve coil (output)
C10 Not used
C11 Flashing beacons FB1 (output)
C12 ECU power CR62-87 (input)
6 - 2
J1
U5
Electronic Control Unit
J2
C
B
1
1
A
1
6
6
6
12
12
12
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic Abbreviations, Wire Colors and Hydraulic Component Legends
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC LEGEND
Item Description
B
BN
C
CB
CR
CT
D
F
FB
G
H
JC
Battery
B1 = Engine start
Button
BN2 = Engine start (platform)
BN3 = Glow plug (Diesel models) (platform)
BN3 = Choke (Gas/LPG models) (platform)
BN4 = High idle (platform)
BN5 = Horn (platform)
BN6 = High / Low torque (platform)
BN7 = Generator (option) (platform)
BN9 = Platform up/down enable (platform)
BN14 = Propane select (platform)
BN20 = Outrigger auto level (platform)
BN23 = Auxiliary platform down enable (ground)
BN29 = High idle (ground)
BN30 = Engine start (ground)
BN31 = Glow plug (Diesel models) (ground)
BN31 = Choke (Gas/LPG models) (ground)
BN32 = Propane select (ground)
BN33 = Platform up/down enable (ground)
BN34 = Platform up (ground)
BN35 = Platform down (ground)
BN91 = Auxiliary platform down (ground)
Capacitor
C1 = 4700 μf
Circuit breaker
CB2 = 20 amp (controls)
CB7 = 15 amp (engine)
Control relay
CR1 = Engine start
CR2 = Ignition power
CR4 = High idle
CR5 = Horn
CR9 = Oscillate float enable
CR10 = Oscillate float disable
CR15 = Glow plug (Diesel models)
CR17 = Oil cooler (option)
CR54 = Platform overlad (CE / AS models)
CR55 = Platform overload (CE / AS models)
CR62 = Platform E-stop control
CR71 = Ground E-stop power
CR72 = Auxiliary down
CR73 = Choke (Gas/LPG models)
CR74 = Platform overload (CE / AS models)
Contact type (limit switch)
N.O. = Normally open
N.C. = Normally closed
N.O.H.C. = Normally open, held closed
N.C.H.O. = Normally closed, held open
Power supply
D1 = Alternator
Fuse
F7 = 20 amp (oil cooler option)
F20 = 30 amp (Kubota diesel models)
F22 = 40 amp (Perkins diesel models)
50 amp (Kubota diesel models)
F26 = 5 amp
Flashing beacon
FB1 = Option
Gauge
G6 = Hour meter
G8 = Diagnostic display
Horn or alarm
H1 = Level sensor alarm (platform)
H2 = Horn
H5 = Multi-function alarm (ground)
Hall effect controller
JC4 = Drive / Steer
JC10 = Platform up/down, Outriggers extend/retract
(Option)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC LEGEND
Item Description
KS
L
LS
M
P
PS
PR
Q
R
S
SW
TB
TS
U
Key switch
KS1 = Key switch
LED or Light
L12 = Left front outrigger (option) (platform)
L13 = Right front outrigger (option (platform)
L14 = Left rear outrigger (option) (platform)
L15 = Right rear outrigger (option) (platform)
L16 = Platform up/down enable (platform)
L21 = High torque (platform)
L22 = Propane (platform)
L23 = High idle (platform)
L25 = System status (platform)
L27 = Generator (option) (platform)
L30 = Work light (option)
Limit switch
LS6 = Platform down
LS6B = Platform down (CE / AS models)
LS12 = Left front outrigger (option)
LS13 = Right front outrigger (option)
LS14 = Left rear outrigger (option)
LS15 = Right rear outrigger (option)
LS20 = Platform full height (CE / AS models)
LSALOO = Left axle oscillate (operational)
LSAROO = Right axle oscillate (operational)
LSALOS = Left axle oscillate (safety)
LSAROS = Right axle oscillate (safety)
Motor or Pump
M1 = Oil cooler (option)
M3 = Starter
M4 = Fuel pump (Gas / LPG models)
Red emergency stop button
P1 = Ground control
P2 = Platform controls
Pressure switch
PS2 = Platform overload (CE / AS models)
Solenoid relay
PR2 = Starter
Solenoid
Q1 = LPG select (Gas/LPG models)
Q2 = Fuel shut off (Gas/LPG models)
Q3 = High idle
Q7 = Choke (Gas/LPG models)
Q8 = Fuel shut off (Diesel models)
Q9 = LPG lockout
Resistor
R1 = 1k ohm
R2 = 1k ohm
R3 = 620 ohm
R4 = 100 ohm
Sensor
S7 = Digital level sensor (w/o outriggers)
S8 = Analog level sensor (w/ outrigger option)
Switch
SW1 = Engine coolant temperature
SW2 = Engine oil pressure
SW4 = Hydraulic oil temperature (oil cooler option)
SW5 = Function enable (platform)
SW6 = Steer right/left (platform)
Terminal base (Ground controls terminal strip)
Toggle switch
TS18 = Work light (option)
Electronic Component
U3 = Circuit board (platform)
U5 = ECU (Electronic control unit)
U19 = Ignition coil (Gas/LPG models)
U20 = Spark plugs (Gas/LPG models)
U26 = Distributor (Gas/LPG models)
U32 = Glow plug (Diesel models)
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 3
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Electrical Schematic Abbreviations, Wire Color and Hydraulic Component Legends,
continued
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC LEGEND
Item Description
Y Valve coil
Y2 = Brake release
Y3 = Steer right / CW
Y4 = Steer left / CCW
Y5 = Drive reverse
Y6 = Drive forward
Y7 = Platform down
Y7A = Platform down (GS-4069 models)
Y8 = Platform up
Y9 = Proportional flow control
Y10 = Auxiliary platform down
Y10A = Auxiliary platform down (GS-4069 models)
Y27 = 2 speed (high / low torque)
Y29 = Generator (option)
Y33 = Left rear outrigger (option)
Y34 = Right rear outrigger (option)
Y35 = Left front outrigger (option)
Y36 = Right front outrigger (option)
Y39 = Outrigger extend (option)
Y40 = Outrigger retract (option)
Y93 = Oscillate left
Y94 = Oscillate right
Y95 = Oscillate float
Y96 = Front motors isolate
Y97 = Front motors free wheel
Y98 = High speed bypass
WIRE COLOR
LEGEND
Item Description
BL
BK
BR
GR
OR
PP
RD
WH
YL
BL/RD
BL/WH
BK/RD
OR/WH
RD/BK
RD/WH
WH/BL
WH/BK
WH/RD
WH/YL
YL/BK
Blue
Black
Brown
Green
Orange
Purple
Red
White
Yellow
Blue/Red
Blue/White
Black/Red
Orange/White
Red/Black
Red/White
White Blue
White/Black
White/Red
White/Yellow
Yellow/Black
TL
TM
TN
TO
TP
TQ
FH
FI
FJ
FK
FL
FM
FN
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
FG
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT LEGEND
Item Function
BA
DA
DB
FO
FP
FQ
TA
TB
TC
TD
TE
TF
TG
TH
TI
TJ
TK
TR
TS
TT
3 position, 4 way directional valve - outrigger cylinders extend/retract
Proportional valve - controls flow to the generator
(option)
Relief valve - reduces high pressure in the generator
(option)
Flow regulator valve - controls flow to oscillate circuit
2 position, 2 way valve- oscillate float
Relief valve - oscillate circuit
2 position, 3 way directional valve - platform up/down
Relief valve - Platform up circuit
Relief valve - Main system
Differential sensing valve - meters flow to functions
Check valve - differential sensing circuit
Flow regulator valve - controls flow to the steer circuit
Check valve - steer circuit
3 position, 5 way directional valve - steer right/left
Proportional valve - controls function speeds
Flow regulator valve - controls flow to lift and outriggers
Pressure compensating valve - proportional valve circuit
2 position, 3 way valve - oscillate right
2 position, 3 way valve - oscillate left
Sequence valve - oscillate float valve circuit
2 position, 3 way valve - brake release
2 position, 4 way valve - blocks flow to the steer motors in high drive
Bidirectional relief valve - drive circuit
Needle valve - enables towing ability
3 position, 4 way valve - drive forward/reverse
Orifice - equalizes drive pressure at non-steer end
Combiner/Divider valve - controls flow to front and rear drive motors
Combiner/Divider valve - Controls flow to steer end drive motors
Orifice - equalizes drive pressure at steer end
2 position, 2 way valve - high speed bypass
2 position, 2 way - allows flow to loop the steer end drive motors in high drive
2 position, 3 way valve - two speed
Orifice - brake circuit
Orifice - two speed circuit
Pressure reducing valve - two speed / brake circuit
Orifice - equalizes drive pressure
Combiner/Divider valve - Controls flow to non-steer end drive motors
Counterbalance valve - Traction relief
Check valve - two speed circuit
Check valve - brake circuit
6 - 4 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Symbols Legend
Quick disconnect terminal / connector
WH
TB21
T-circuit connects at terminal
86
85
86
85
Coil solenoid or relay
NO
30
87
NC
30
87A
Contact solenoid or relay
22
14
21
NC
13
NO
Limit switch not held
22
14
21
NC
13
NO
Limit switch - held
Circuit connections
Circuits crossing no connection
Flashing beacon
G6
Hour meter / Gauge
Spark plug
+
Button normally open
NO NC
Temperature switch
NC
Pressure switch normally closed
Fuel solenoid
P1
Red Emergency
Stop button normally closed
B1
B
B
Key switch
3
KS1
1
2
B1
B
4
3
Key switch
2
4
-
Ignition coil
Starting aid: glow plug
M1
Electric motor
Diode
R14
10W
Resistor with ohm value
-
+
C1
Capacitor
Work light
(option)
Horn
Level sensor
(without outriggers)
CB7
10A
Circuit breaker with amperage
+
-
Battery
Valve coil with suppression diode
Negative ground
LED
F1
25A
Fuse with amperage
Valve coil without suppression diode
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 5
Section 6 • Schematics
Hydraulic Symbols Legend
November 2014
25 psi
(1.7 bar)
Filter with bypass check valve
Pump fixed displacement
Single acting cylinder
Solenoid operated 3 position,
4 way, directional valve, closed center
Priority flow regulator valve
Double acting cylinder
200 psi
(13.8 bar)
Relief valve with pressure setting
Solenoid operated 3 position,
5 way, directional valve, closed center
Pilot operated flow regulator valve
Motor bidirectional
50% 50%
Flow divider/combiner valve with pressure balancing orifice and flow percentages
Solenoid operated 2 position,
2 way, directional valve, normally closed
Needle valve
3000 psi
(206.8 bar)
3:1
Motor
2 speed, bidirectional
Differential sensing valve
Counterbalance valves with pressure and pilot ratio
Hydraulically released brake
M
Pump prime mover
(engine or motor)
.035 inch
(0.89 mm)
Orifice with size
30 psi
(2.1 bar)
Check valve
Solenoid operated proportional valve
Pilot operated directional valve
2 position, 2 way
Solenoid operated 2 position,
3 way, directional valve, normally open
Hydraulic tank strainer
6 - 6 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Limit Switch Legend
a d b e f c g h a left rear outrigger limit switch, LS14 b right rear outrigger limit switch, LS15
c right front outrigger limit switch, LS13 left front outrigger limit switch, LS12 (not shown) f d left axle oscillate limit switches, LSA10S and LSA10SS e right axle oscillate limit switches, LSA20S and LSA20SS platform overload pressure switch, S25 g platform down limit switches, LS6 and LS6B h platform up limit switch, LS16
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 7
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
This page intentionally left blank.
6 - 8 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
Section 6 • Schematics
Control Panel Circuit Diagram
November 2014
6 - 9 6 - 10
Section 6 • Schematics
Control Panel Circuit Diagram
1
2
3
A
J5 - POWER (GREY)
B
November 2014
C
12V PWR_POST
12V PWR_POST
CB7
1
15AMP
2
F26
1 5AMP 2
D
CR4-30
12V PWR_POST
CB2
1 20AMP 2
12V PWR_POST
OIL COOLER (OPTION)
F7
1 20AMP 2
CR17-30
KS1
B1
KEYSWITCH
2
PLAT
B
4
3
CHASSIS
STARTER
GLOW PLUG (OPTION)
F22
1 50AMP 2
CR15-30
E
J2-A5
P1
1
3
E-STOP
2
4
(ECM)
1ST E-STOP
CR62
86 30
85 87 87A
F
J2-A3
CR2-30
J8-9
G
ENGINE
START THROTTLE
H
IGNITION
I
CHOKE
PLAT. OVERLOAD
(AUS. OPTION)
J
CR1
86 30
85 87 87A
CR4
86 30
85 87 87A
G6
HOUR METER
CR2
86 30
85 87 87A
CR73
86 30
85 87 87A
CR54
86 30
85 87 87A
GLOW PLUG
(OPTION)
K
CR15
86 30
85 87 87A
L
2ND LOAD SENSE
LOAD SENSE
CR74
86 30
85 87 87A
CR55
86 30
85 87 87A
J6 - ENGINE (BLACK)
TB-19
TB-57
AS AND CE MODELS
TB-15
TB-43
OIL COOLER OPTION
F7-2
CR54-85
CR17
86 30
85 87 87A
4
J7 - FUNCTION AND TRACTION MANIFOLD (GREEN)
5
6
CR9-85
CR4-85
CR72
AUX. DOWN
86 30
85 87 87A
J10 - GEN, BEACON, WORK LIGHT, OIL COOLER (BLACK)
(COIL DRIVERS)
2ND E-STOP
HORN
CR71
86 30
85 87 87A
CR5
86 30
85 87 87A
M
J2 (RIGHT VIEWED FROM BACK)
J1 (LEFT VIEWED FROM BACK)
U5
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
7
8
J8 - PLATFORM (BROWN)
J11 - OUTRIGGERS (GREEN)
FLOAT ENABLE FLOAT DISABLE
CR9
86 30
85 87 87A
CR10
86 30
85
87
87A
6 - 10
J9 - LEVEL/HORN/DOWN LIM. SW. (GREY)
GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT
J12 - OSCILLATION (BROWN)
Part No. 229753
TB-12
TB-12
TB-31
TB-33 (TB-19)
1
C1
4700 µf
TB-6
TB-11
TB-16
GND
1
2
DIESEL MODELS
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145
OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
148011C
N
R4
100W
2
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
November 2014
6 - 11 6 - 12
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
A B C D E
CB7
15A
1
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
2
KS1
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
P1
November 2014
F
CB2
20A
SW4
NO
3
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85 87 87A
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85 87 87A
4
5
B1
+
-
PR2
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
U19
+
-
U26
G
M3
M1
86
CR73
30
85 87 87A
86
CR4
30
85 87 87A
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
G
U5
H
6
M4
I J
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
S7
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
BN91 BN23
K
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
L
NO
NC
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
R4
100W
3
BRN
M
7
8
1
2
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
3 ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0516C
N
6 - 12 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87 87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
LSAROS
HO
H G
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
F
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
E D C B A
1
GROUND
DATA +
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA
-
P2
J5
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
H1
JC4
2
L27
L22
L23
L25
L21
L12
2
L13
L14
L15
L16
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN14
BN2
BN4
BN20 2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 13
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 13 6 - 14
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 15 6 - 16
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
A B C D E F
1
2
G H I J K L M N
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CB7
CR1
CR2
CR4
CR5
CR9
CR10
CR17
CR62
CR71
BN23
BN29
BN30
BN31
BN32
BN33
BN34
BN35
BN91
CB2
CR72
CR73
G6
H5
K S 1
P 1
U5
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE CHOKE BUTTON
PROPANE SELECT BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE BUTTON
PLATFORM UP BUTTON
PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
CONTROLS / ENGINE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20A
HIGH IDLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
ENGINE START RELAY
IGNITION RELAY
HIGH IDLE RELAY
HORN RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT ENABLE RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT DISABLE RELAY
OIL COOLER RELAY (OPTION)
EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP POWER RELAY
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN RELAY
ENGINE CHOKE RELAY
HOUR METER
ALARM
KEY SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ECU
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30
BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 16 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN2
BN3
BN4
BN5
BN6
BN7
BN9
BN14
BN20
H1
JC4
JC10
P 2
S W 5
S W 6
U3
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE CHOKE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
HORN BUTTON
DRIVE SPEED BUTTON
GENERATOR BUTTON (OPTION)
PLATFORM UP/DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
PROPANE SELECT BUTTON
AUTO LEVEL ENABLE BUTTON (OPTION)
ALARM
DRIVE / STEER CONTROLLER
PLATFORM UP/DOWN - OUTRIGGER UP/DOWN SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH
STEER RIGHT / LEFT SWITCH
PLATFORM CONTROLS CIRCUIT BOARD
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
F
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
E D C B A
1
H1
BK
RD
1
NC
2
P2
2
3
JC4
OR
RD
WH
BR
GY
BL
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 17
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 17 6 - 18
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
November 2014
6 - 19 6 - 20
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
A B C D E
1
CB7
15A
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
2
KS1
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
P1
November 2014
F
3
CB2
20A
SW4
NO
C1
4700 µf
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85 87 87A
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85 87 87A
86
CR15
30
85 87 87A
4
5
B1
-
+
PR2
M3
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
F20 - 30A
3
M1
F22 - 50A
86
CR4
30
85 87 87A
6
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
G
U5
H
7
8
1
2
3
4
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
KUBOTA DIESEL MODELS ONLY
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
I J
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8 S7
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
BN91
BN23
K
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
M
RD/WH
NO
NC
R4
100W
4
BRN
N
ES0516C
6 - 20 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87 87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
HO
LSAROS
H G
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
F
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
E D C B A
1
GROUND
DATA
+
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA
-
P2
J5
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
H1
JC4
2
L13
2
L14
L23
L12
L15
L16
L25
L21
L27
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN2
BN4
BN20 2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 21
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 21 6 - 22
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 23 6 - 24
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
A B C D E F
1
2
G H I J K L M N
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CR17
CR62
CR71
CR72
G6
H5
K S 1
P 1
U5
C1
CB2
CB7
CR1
CR2
CR4
CR5
CR9
CR10
CR15
BN23
BN29
BN30
BN31
BN32
BN33
BN34
BN35
BN91
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE GLOW PLUG BUTTON
NOT USED
FUNCTION ENABLE BUTTON
PLATFORM UP BUTTON
PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
CAPACITOR, 4700μf, 25V DC
CONTROLS / ENGINE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20A
HIGH IDLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
ENGINE START RELAY
IGNITION RELAY
HIGH IDLE RELAY
HORN RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT ENABLE RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT DISABLE RELAY
ENGINE GLOW PLUG RELAY
OIL COOLER RELAY (OPTION)
EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP POWER RELAY
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN RELAY
HOUR METER
ALARM
KEY SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ECU
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30 BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 24 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN2
BN3
BN4
BN5
BN6
BN7
BN9
BN14
BN20
H1
JC4
JC10
P 2
S W 5
S W 6
U3
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE GLOW PLUG BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
HORN BUTTON
DRIVE SPEED BUTTON
GENERATOR BUTTON (OPTION)
PLATFORM UP/DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
NOT USED
AUTO LEVEL ENABLE BUTTON (OPTION)
ALARM
DRIVE / STEER CONTROLLER
PLATFORM UP/DOWN - OUTRIGGER UP/DOWN SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH
STEER RIGHT / LEFT SWITCH
PLATFORM CONTROLS CIRCUIT BOARD
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
F
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
E D C B A
1
H1
BK 2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
OR
RD
WH
BR
GY
BL
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 25
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 25 6 - 26
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
November 2014
6 - 27 6 - 28
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
A B C D E
R4
5W
PS2
1 D4
F7 - 20A
CB7
15A
F26 - 5A
KS1
P1
2
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
November 2014
F
3
CB2
20A
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
C1
4700 µf
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85
87 87A
86
CR54
30
85 87 87A
SW4
NO
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85 87 87A
4
5
B1
+
-
PR2
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
U19
+
-
U26
G
M3
6
M1
86
CR73
30
85 87 87A
86
CR4
30
85 87 87A
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
OR/BL
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
YL
G
U5
H
86
CR74
30
85 87 87A
86
CR55
30
85 87 87A
D3
LS20
NC
M4
I J K
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
D1
D2
BN91 BN23
S7
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
NO
NC
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
R4
100W
3
BRN
M
7
8
1
2
3
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0537D
N
6 - 28 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87 87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13 LS14 LS15
NO NO
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
LSAROS
HO
H G
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
F
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
E D C B A
1
GROUND
DATA
+
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
J5
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
H1
JC4
2
L23
L12
L13
2
L14
L25
L21
L27
L22
L15
L16
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN14
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 29
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
6 - 29 6 - 30
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
6 - 31 6 - 32
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
A B C D E F
1
2
G H I J K L M N
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CB7
CR1
CR2
CR4
CR5
CR9
CR10
CR17
CR55
CR62
BN23
BN29
BN30
BN31
BN32
BN33
BN34
BN35
BN91
C1
CB2
CR71
CR72
CR73
CR74
G6
H5
K S 1
P 1
U5
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE CHOKE BUTTON
PROPANE SELECT BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE BUTTON
PLATFORM UP BUTTON
PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
CAPACITOR, 4700μf, 25V DC
CONTROLS / ENGINE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20A
HIGH IDLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
ENGINE START RELAY
IGNITION RELAY
HIGH IDLE RELAY
HORN RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT ENABLE RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT DISABLE RELAY
OIL COOLER RELAY (OPTION)
#1 PLATFORM OVERLOAD RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP POWER RELAY
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN RELAY
ENGINE CHOKE RELAY
#2 PLATFORM OVERLOAD RELAY
HOUR METER
ALARM
KEY SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ECU
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30
BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 32 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN20
H1
JC4
JC10
P 2
S W 5
S W 6
U3
BN2
BN3
BN4
BN5
BN6
BN7
BN9
BN14
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE CHOKE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
HORN BUTTON
DRIVE SPEED BUTTON
GENERATOR BUTTON (OPTION)
PLATFORM UP/DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
PROPANE SELECT BUTTON
AUTO LEVEL ENABLE BUTTON (OPTION)
ALARM
DRIVE / STEER CONTROLLER
PLATFORM UP/DOWN - OUTRIGGER UP/DOWN SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH
STEER RIGHT / LEFT SWITCH
PLATFORM CONTROLS CIRCUIT BOARD
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
F
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
E D C B A
1
H1
BK
2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
OR
RD
WH
BR
GY
BL
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 33
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
6 - 33 6 - 34
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
November 2014
6 - 35 6 - 36
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
A B C D E
R4
5W
PS2
D4
1
CB7
15A
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
KS1
P1
2
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
November 2014
F
3
CB2
20A
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
C1
4700 µf
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85
87
87A
86
CR54
30
85
87
87A
SW4
NO
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85
87
87A
86
CR15
30
85 87 87A
4
5
B1
+
-
PR2
M3
6
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
F20 - 30A
3
M1
F22 - 50A
86
CR4
30
85
87
87A
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
OR/BL
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
YL
G
D3
LS20
NC
U5
H
86
CR74
30
85 87
87A
86
CR55
30
85 87
87A
I J K
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
D1
D2
BN91 BN23
S7
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
NO
NC
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
R4
100W
4
BRN
M
7
8
1
2
3
4
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
KUBOTA DIESEL MODELS ONLY
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0537D
N
6 - 36 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87 87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
HO
LSALOS
NO
HC
NC
HO
LSAROS
H G
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
F
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
E D C B A
1
GROUND
DATA +
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA
-
P2
J5
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
H1
JC4
2
2
L13
L14
L15
L16
L23
L12
L25
L21
L27
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN2
BN4
BN20 2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 37
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
6 - 37 6 - 38
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
6 - 39 6 - 40
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
A B C D E F
1
2
G H I J K L M N
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CB2
CB7
CR1
CR2
CR4
CR5
CR9
CR10
CR15
CR17
BN23
BN29
BN30
BN31
BN32
BN33
BN34
BN35
BN91
C1
CR55
CR62
CR71
CR72
CR74
G6
H5
K S 1
P 1
U5
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE GLOW PLUG BUTTON
NOT USED
FUNCTION ENABLE BUTTON
PLATFORM UP BUTTON
PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
CAPACITOR, 4700μf, 25V DC
CONTROLS / ENGINE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20A
HIGH IDLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
ENGINE START RELAY
IGNITION RELAY
HIGH IDLE RELAY
HORN RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT ENABLE RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT DISABLE RELAY
ENGINE GLOW PLUG RELAY
OIL COOLER RELAY (OPTION)
#1 PLATFORM OVERLOAD RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP POWER RELAY
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN RELAY
#2 PLATFORM OVERLOAD RELAY
HOUR METER
ALARM
KEY SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ECU
KS1
BN29
BN32
BN30
BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 40 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN20
H1
JC4
JC10
P 2
S W 5
S W 6
U3
BN2
BN3
BN4
BN5
BN6
BN7
BN9
BN14
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE GLOW PLUG BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
HORN BUTTON
DRIVE SPEED BUTTON
GENERATOR BUTTON (OPTION)
PLATFORM UP/DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
NOT USED
AUTO LEVEL ENABLE BUTTON (OPTION)
ALARM
DRIVE / STEER CONTROLLER
PLATFORM UP/DOWN - OUTRIGGER UP/DOWN SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH
STEER RIGHT / LEFT SWITCH
PLATFORM CONTROLS CIRCUIT BOARD
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
F
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
E D C B A
1
H1
BK
2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
GY
BL
OR
RD
WH
BR
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 41
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
6 - 41 6 - 42
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
November 2014
6 - 43 6 - 44
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
A B C D E
R4
5W
PS2
D4
1
F7 - 20A
CB7
15A
F26 - 5A
KS1
P1
2
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
November 2014
F
3
CB2
20A
SW4
NO
C1
4700 µf
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85 87 87A
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
CR5
86 30
85 87 87A
CR17 CR72
86 30
85 87 87A
86 30
85 87 87A
4
5
B1
+
-
PR2
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
U19
+
-
U26
G
M3
6
M1
CR73 CR4
86 30
85 87 87A
86 30
85 87 87A
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
OR/BL
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
YL
G
D3
LS20
NC
U5
H
CR74
86 30
85 87 87A
CR55
86 30
85 87 87A
M4
I J K
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
D1
D2
BN91
AUX.
DOWN
BN23
AUX.
ENABLE
S7
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
NO
NC
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
R4
100W
3
BRN
7
M
8
1
2
3
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0537D
N
6 - 44 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87 87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
LSAROS
HO
H G
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
F
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
E D C B A
1
GROUND
DATA +
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
J5
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
H1
JC4
2
L22
L23
L12
L25
L21
L27
2
L13
L14
L15
L16
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN14
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 45
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
6 - 45 6 - 46
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
6 - 47 6 - 48
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
A B C D E F
1
2
G H I J K L M N
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30 BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 48 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
F
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
E D C B A
1
H1
BK 2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
OR
RD
WH
BR
GY
BL
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 49
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
6 - 49 6 - 50
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
November 2014
6 - 51 6 - 52
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
A B C D E
R4
5W
PS2
D4
1
CB7
15A
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
KS1
P1
2
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
November 2014
F
3
4
CB2
20A
SW4
NO
C1
4700 µf
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85 87 87A
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85 87 87A
86
CR15
30
85 87 87A
F22 - 50A
5
B1
+
-
PR2
M3
6
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
F20 - 30A
3
M1
86
CR4
30
85 87 87A
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
OR/BL
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
YL
G
U5
H
86
CR74
30
85 87 87A
86
CR55
30
85 87 87A
D3
LS20
NC
I J K
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
D1
D2
BN91 BN23
S7
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
NO
NC
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
R4
100W
4
BRN
7
M
8
1
2
3
4
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
KUBOTA DIESEL MODELS ONLY
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0537D
N
6 - 52 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87
87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
HO
LSAROS
H G
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
F
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
E D C B A
1
GROUND
DATA
+
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
J5
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
H1
JC4
2
L13
2
L14
L15
L16
L23
L12
L25
L21
L27
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 53
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
6 - 53 6 - 54
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
6 - 55 6 - 56
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics November 2014
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
A B C D E F
1
2
G H I J K L M N
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30 BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 56 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
F
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
E D C B A
1
H1
BK 2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
GY
BL
OR
RD
WH
BR
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
1
4
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 57
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
6 - 57 6 - 58
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
November 2014
6 - 59 6 - 60
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
A B C
F7 - 20A
1
F26 - 5A
P1
2
KS1
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
D
CB2
20A
3
CTRL E-STOP
RELAY CR62
86 30
85 87 87A
PWR E-STOP
RELAY CR71
86 30
85 87 87A
ENGINE START
RELAY CR1
IGNITION
RELAY CR2
86 30 86 30
85
87 87A 85 87 87A
4
5
B1
+
-
STARTER
PR2
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
U19
+
-
DISTRIBUTOR
U26
G
M3
SW4
NO
HORN
RELAY CR5
86 30
85 87 87A
OIL COOLER
RELAY CR17
86 30
AUX. DOWN
RELAY CR72
86 30
85 87 87A 85 87 87A
M1
E
CB7
15A
November 2014
CHOKE
RELAY CR73
86
30
85 87 87A
THROTTLE
RELAY CR4
86 30
85 87 87A
F
6
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
G
U5 ECU
H
M4
I J K
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
L
LS6 1ST
DOWN
LIMIT SW.
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6 2ND
DOWN
LIMIT SW.
1
S8 - ANALOG
LEVEL SENSOR
S7 - DIGITAL
LEVEL SENSOR
NO
HC
NC
HO
BN91
AUX.
DOWN
BN23
AUX.
ENABLE
NO
NC
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
R4
100W
3
BRN
M
7
8
1
2
3
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845
ES0516C
N
6 - 60 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87 87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
LSAROS
HO
H G F
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
E
GROUND
DATA +
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
D
J5
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
C B A
1
H1
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
JC4
2
L22
L23
L12
L25
L21
L27
2
L13
L14
L15
L16
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN14
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 61
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 61 6 - 62
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
November 2014
6 - 63 6 - 64
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
A B C D
1
E
November 2014
F
2
G H I J K L M N
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN91
CB2
CB7
CR1
CR2
CR4
CR5
CR9
CR10
CR17
BN23
BN29
BN30
BN31
BN32
BN33
BN34
BN35
CR62
CR71
CR72
CR73
G6
H5
K S 1
P 1
U5
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE CHOKE BUTTON
PROPANE SELECT BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE BUTTON
PLATFORM UP BUTTON
PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
CONTROLS / ENGINE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20A
HIGH IDLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
ENGINE START RELAY
IGNITION RELAY
HIGH IDLE RELAY
HORN RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT ENABLE RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT DISABLE RELAY
OIL COOLER RELAY (OPTION)
EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP POWER RELAY
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN RELAY
ENGINE CHOKE RELAY
HOUR METER
ALARM
KEY SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ECU
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30 BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 64 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN20
H1
JC4
JC10
P 2
S W 5
S W 6
U3
BN2
BN3
BN4
BN5
BN6
BN7
BN9
BN14
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE CHOKE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
HORN BUTTON
DRIVE SPEED BUTTON
GENERATOR BUTTON (OPTION)
PLATFORM UP/DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
PROPANE SELECT BUTTON
AUTO LEVEL ENABLE BUTTON (OPTION)
ALARM
DRIVE / STEER CONTROLLER
PLATFORM UP/DOWN - OUTRIGGER UP/DOWN SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH
STEER RIGHT / LEFT SWITCH
PLATFORM CONTROLS CIRCUIT BOARD
November 2014
F E
Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
D C B A
1
H1
BK 2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
GY
BL
OR
RD
WH
BR
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
1
4
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 65
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 65 6 - 66
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
November 2014
6 - 67 6 - 68
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
A B C
1
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
P1
2
KS1
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
D
3
CB2
20A
SW4
NO
C1
4700 µf
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85 87 87A
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85 87 87A
86
CR15
30
85 87 87A
4
5
B1
-
+
PR2
M3
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
F20 - 30A
3
M1
F22 - 50A
E
CB7
15A
November 2014
86
CR4
30
85 87 87A
F
6
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
G
U5
H
7
8
1
2
3
4
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
KUBOTA DIESEL MODELS ONLY
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
I J
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8 S7
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
BN91 BN23
K
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
M N
NO
NC
R4
100W
4
ES0516C
6 - 68 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87 87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
LSAROS
HO
H G F
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
E
GROUND
DATA
+
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
D
J5
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
C B A
1
H1
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
JC4
2
L23
L12
L13
2
L14
L15
L16
L25
L21
L27
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 69
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 69 6 - 70
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
November 2014
6 - 71 6 - 72
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
A B C D
1
E
November 2014
F
2
G H I J K L M N
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN23
BN29
BN30
BN31
BN32
BN33
BN34
BN35
BN91
C1
CB2
CB7
CR1
CR2
CR4
CR5
CR9
CR10
CR15
CR17
CR62
CR71
CR72
G6
H5
K S 1
P 1
U5
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE GLOW PLUG BUTTON
NOT USED
FUNCTION ENABLE BUTTON
PLATFORM UP BUTTON
PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
CAPACITOR, 4700μf, 25V DC
CONTROLS / ENGINE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20A
HIGH IDLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
ENGINE START RELAY
IGNITION RELAY
HIGH IDLE RELAY
HORN RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT ENABLE RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT DISABLE RELAY
ENGINE GLOW PLUG RELAY
OIL COOLER RELAY (OPTION)
EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP POWER RELAY
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN RELAY
HOUR METER
ALARM
KEY SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ECU
KS1
BN29
BN32
BN30
BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 72 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN2
BN3
BN4
BN5
BN6
BN7
BN9
BN14
BN20
H1
JC4
JC10
P 2
S W 5
S W 6
U3
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE GLOW PLUG BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
HORN BUTTON
DRIVE SPEED BUTTON
GENERATOR BUTTON (OPTION)
PLATFORM UP/DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
NOT USED
AUTO LEVEL ENABLE BUTTON (OPTION)
ALARM
DRIVE / STEER CONTROLLER
PLATFORM UP/DOWN - OUTRIGGER UP/DOWN SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH
STEER RIGHT / LEFT SWITCH
PLATFORM CONTROLS CIRCUIT BOARD
November 2014
F E
Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
D C B A
1
H1
BK
2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
GY
BL
OR
RD
WH
BR
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 73
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (ANSI / CSA)
6 - 73 6 - 74
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
November 2014
6 - 75 6 - 76
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
A B C
R4
5W
PS2
1
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
KS1 P1
2
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
D4
D
3
CB2
20A
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
C1
4700 µf
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87
87A
86
CR1
30
85
87 87A
86
CR54
30
85 87 87A
SW4
NO
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85
87 87A
4
5
B1
+
-
PR2
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
U19
+
-
U26
G
M3
6
M1
E
CB7
15A
November 2014
86
CR73
30
85 87 87A
86
CR4
30
85
87
87A
F
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
OR/BL
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
YL
G
U5
H
86
CR74
30
85 87
87A
86
CR55
30
85 87
87A
D3
LS20
NC
M4
I J K
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
D1
D2
BN91 BN23
S7
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
NO
NC
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
R4
100W
3
M
7
8
1
2
3
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0537D
N
6 - 76 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87
87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
HO
LSAROS
H G F
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
E
GROUND
DATA
+
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
D
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
C B A
1
H1
J3
J5
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
JC4
2
L22
L23
L12
L25
L21
L27
L13
2
L14
L15
L16
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN14
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 77
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
6 - 77 6 - 78
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
November 2014
6 - 79 6 - 80
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
A B C D
1
E
November 2014
F
2
G H I J K L M N
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CR55
CR62
CR71
CR72
CR73
CR74
G6
H5
K S 1
P 1
U5
C1
CB2
CB7
CR1
CR2
CR4
CR5
CR9
CR10
CR17
BN23
BN29
BN30
BN31
BN32
BN33
BN34
BN35
BN91
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE CHOKE BUTTON
PROPANE SELECT BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE BUTTON
PLATFORM UP BUTTON
PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
CAPACITOR, 4700μf, 25V DC
CONTROLS / ENGINE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20A
HIGH IDLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
ENGINE START RELAY
IGNITION RELAY
HIGH IDLE RELAY
HORN RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT ENABLE RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT DISABLE RELAY
OIL COOLER RELAY (OPTION)
#1 PLATFORM OVERLOAD RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP POWER RELAY
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN RELAY
ENGINE CHOKE RELAY
#2 PLATFORM OVERLOAD RELAY
HOUR METER
ALARM
KEY SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ECU
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30
BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 80 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN2
BN3
BN4
BN5
BN6
BN7
BN9
BN14
BN20
H1
JC4
JC10
P 2
S W 5
S W 6
U3
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE CHOKE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
HORN BUTTON
DRIVE SPEED BUTTON
GENERATOR BUTTON (OPTION)
PLATFORM UP/DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
PROPANE SELECT BUTTON
AUTO LEVEL ENABLE BUTTON (OPTION)
ALARM
DRIVE / STEER CONTROLLER
PLATFORM UP/DOWN - OUTRIGGER UP/DOWN SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH
STEER RIGHT / LEFT SWITCH
PLATFORM CONTROLS CIRCUIT BOARD
November 2014
F E
Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
D C B A
1
H1
BK 2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
GY
BL
OR
RD
WH
BR
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
1
4
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 81
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (AS)
6 - 81 6 - 82
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
November 2014
6 - 83 6 - 82
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
A B C
R4
5W
PS2
1
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
2
KS1
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
P1
D4
D
3
CB2
20A
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
C1
4700 µf
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85 87 87A
86
CR54
30
85 87 87A
SW4
NO
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85 87 87A
86
CR15
30
85 87 87A
4
5
B1
+
-
PR2
M3
6
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
F20 - 30A
3
M1
F22 - 50A
E
CB7
15A
November 2014
86
CR4
30
85 87 87A
F
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
OR/BL
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
YL
G
U5
H
86
CR74
30
85 87 87A
86
CR55
30
85 87 87A
D3
LS20
NC
I J K
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
D1
D2
BN91 BN23
S7
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
NO
NC
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
R4
100W
4
M
7
8
1
2
3
4
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
KUBOTA DIESEL MODELS ONLY
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0537D
N
6 - 84 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87
87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
HO
LSAROS
H G F
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
E
GROUND
DATA
+
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
D
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
C B A
1
H1
J3
J5
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
JC4
2
L13
2
L14
L15
L16
L23
L12
L25
L21
L27
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 85
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
6 - 85 6 - 86
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
November 2014
6 - 87 6 - 88
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
A B C D
1
E
November 2014
F
2
G H I J K L M N
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CR5
CR9
CR10
CR15
CR17
CR55
CR62
CR71
CR72
CR74
G6
H5
K S 1
P 1
U5
BN23
BN29
BN30
BN31
BN32
BN33
BN34
BN35
BN91
C1
CB2
CB7
CR1
CR2
CR4
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE GLOW PLUG BUTTON
NOT USED
FUNCTION ENABLE BUTTON
PLATFORM UP BUTTON
PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN BUTTON
CAPACITOR, 4700μf, 25V DC
CONTROLS / ENGINE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20A
HIGH IDLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
ENGINE START RELAY
IGNITION RELAY
HIGH IDLE RELAY
HORN RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT ENABLE RELAY
OSCILLATE FLOAT DISABLE RELAY
ENGINE GLOW PLUG RELAY
OIL COOLER RELAY (OPTION)
#1 PLATFORM OVERLOAD RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL RELAY
EMERGENCY STOP POWER RELAY
AUXILIARY PLATFORM DOWN RELAY
#2 PLATFORM OVERLOAD RELAY
HOUR METER
ALARM
KEY SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ECU
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30
BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 88 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
LABEL DESCRIPTION
BN2
BN3
BN4
BN5
BN6
BN7
BN9
BN14
BN20
H1
JC4
JC10
P 2
S W 5
S W 6
U3
ENGINE START BUTTON
ENGINE GLOW PLUG BUTTON
HIGH RPM BUTTON
HORN BUTTON
DRIVE SPEED BUTTON
GENERATOR BUTTON (OPTION)
PLATFORM UP/DOWN ENABLE BUTTON
NOT USED
AUTO LEVEL ENABLE BUTTON (OPTION)
ALARM
DRIVE / STEER CONTROLLER
PLATFORM UP/DOWN - OUTRIGGER UP/DOWN SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH
STEER RIGHT / LEFT SWITCH
PLATFORM CONTROLS CIRCUIT BOARD
November 2014
F E
Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
D C B A
1
H1
BK 2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
GY
BL
OR
RD
WH
BR
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 89
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (AS)
6 - 89 6 - 90
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
November 2014
6 - 91 6 - 92
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
A B C
R4
5W
PS2
1
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
KS1
P1
2
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
D4
D
3
CB2
20A
SW4
NO
C1
4700 µf
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85 87 87A
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85 87 87A
4
5
+
B1
-
PR2
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
U19
+
-
U26
G
M3
6
M1
E
CB7
15A
November 2014
86
CR73
30
85 87 87A
86
CR4
30
85 87 87A
F
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
OR/BL
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
YL
G
U5
H
86
CR74
30
85 87 87A
86
CR55
30
85 87 87A
D3
LS20
NC
M4
I J K
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
D1
D2
BN91
BN23
S7
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
NO
NC
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
R4
100W
3
M
7
8
1
2
3
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0537D
N
6 - 92 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87
87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12
NO
LS13
NO
LS14
NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
HO
LSAROS
H G F
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
E
GROUND
DATA
+
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
D
J5
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
C B A
1
H1
J3
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
JC4
2
L22
L23
L12
L25
L21
L27
L13
2
L14
L15
L16
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN14
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 93
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
6 - 93 6 - 94
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
November 2014
6 - 95 6 - 96
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
A B C D
1
E
November 2014
F
2
G H I J K L M N
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30 BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 96 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
November 2014
F E
Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
D C B A
1
H1
BK 2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
GY
BL
OR
RD
WH
BR
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 97
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Gas / LPG Models (CE)
6 - 97 6 - 98
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
November 2014
6 - 99 6 - 100
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
A B C
R4
5W
PS2
1
F7 - 20A
F26 - 5A
2
KS1
B1
B
2
PLAT
4
3
CHASSIS
P1
D4
D
3
4
CB2
20A
SW4
NO
C1
4700 µf
86
CR62
30
85 87 87A
86
CR71
30
85 87 87A
86
CR1
30
85 87 87A
86
CR2
30
85 87 87A
86
CR5
30
85 87 87A
86
CR17
30
85 87 87A
86
CR72
30
85 87 87A
86
CR15
30
85 87 87A
F22 - 50A
5
B1
+
-
PR2
M3
6
BAT
EXCT
D1
STA
F20 - 30A
3
M1
E
CB7
15A
November 2014
86
CR4
30
85 87 87A
F
RD
BK
BK
BL/WH
OR/BL
WH
RD
OR
WH
BK
BL/BK
BL/BK
OR/WH
WH
YL
G
U5
H
86
CR74
30
85 87 87A
86
CR55
30
85 87 87A
D3
LS20
NC
I J K
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6
1
S8
NO
HC
NC
HO
LS6B
D1
D2
BN91 BN23
S7
CTRL PWR OUT
CTRL PWR IN
NO
NC
L
RD
BK
RD
WH
R4
100W
4
M
7
8
1
2
3
4
OUTRIGGER OPTION
S8 REPLACES S7
OUTRIGGER OPTION
KUBOTA DIESEL MODELS ONLY
ADDED AFTER SERIAL NUMBER 145 OR WITH BEACON RESISTOR KIT 232845.
ES0537D
N
6 - 100 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
RD
BK
RD
WH
RD/WH
BRN
N M L K J I
D7
LSALOO LSAROO
86
CR10
30
85 87
87A
86
CR9
30
85 87 87A
NO
HC
R2
1k W
NC
HO
R3
620W
NO
HC
R1
1k W
NC
HO
2
NO
LS12 LS13 LS14
NO NO NO
LS15
U5
D5
D6
NO
HC
NC
LSALOS
HO
NO
HC
NC
HO
LSAROS
H G F
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
CHASSIS PLATFORM
1 (WH)
2 (BL)
3 (RD)
4 (BK)
5 (YL)
November 2014
E
GROUND
DATA
+
POWER OUT
POWER IN
DATA -
P2
D
Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
C B A
1
H1
J3
J5
J2
SW5
RIGHT
SW6
LEFT
JC4
2
L13
2
L14
L15
L16
L23
L12
L25
L21
L27
U3
BN6
BN5
BN7
BN3
BN2
BN4
BN20
2
BN9
3
4
5
JC10
J1
6
PCON
7
2
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 101
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
6 - 101 6 - 102
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
November 2014
6 - 103 6 - 104
6
7
8
3
4
5
Section 6 • Schematics
Ground Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
A B C D
1
E
November 2014
F
2
G H I J K L M N
KS1
BN29 BN32
BN30 BN31
G6
BN34
BN23
BN33
BN35
BN91
P1
CB7
CB2
6 - 104 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N M L
P2
BN6
BN5 BN7
BN3 BN14
BN2 BN4
BN20
K J
JC4
BN9
JC10
I H G
November 2014
F E
Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
D C B A
1
H1
BK 2
RD
1
NC
2
P2
3
JC4
GY
BL
OR
RD
WH
BR
BK
PP
YL
1
JC10
6
BK
YL
BL
1
J1
RD
OR
BL
WH
BK
RD
4
1
J3
1
GY
J5
5
U3
WH/BL
J2
14
4
5
6
7
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 105
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Platform Control Box Layout, GS-4069 RT,
Diesel Models (CE)
6 - 105 6 - 106
Section 6 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT
November 2014
6 - 107 6 - 108
Section 6 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, GS-2669 RT and GS-3369 RT
November 2014
1
LEFT
REAR
Y33
2
3
4
5
6
7
M
A
EF ER
OUT
B
RIGHT
REAR
OUTRIGGER CYLINDERS
(OPTION)
LEFT
FRONT
Y34 Y35
RF RR
Y39
BA
Y40
OUTRIGGER MANIFOLD
IN
CD
DB
2700 psi
186 bar
DA
Y29
GENERATOR MANIFOLD
T
HIGH
PRESSURE
FILTER
PUMP
13 gpm
49 L/min
C
RIGHT
FRONT
Y36
IN
T
D E F
LIFT CYLINDER
G H I J K L M
STEER
CYLINDER
E
OIL COOLER
(OPTION)
LOW
PRESSURE
FILTER
OR
RIGHT
S2
LEFT
S1
PUMP
TP1
3500 psi
241 bar
T
FF
Y3
Y4
FI
2 gpm
7.6 L/min
FG
0.037 in
0.94 mm
PS2
(AS / CE
MODELS)
FK
EXTEND
160 psi
11 bar
Y7 / Y10
0.086 in
2.2 mm
SV14
RETRACT
FJ
FM
6 gpm
23 L/min
FL
Y9
160 psi
11 bar
FN
OSCILLATE CYLINDERS
RIGHT
LEFT
FH
L
FD
Y8
3800 psi
262 bar
4.5:1
OSCR
FO
Y94
FE
1
FA
1 gpm
4 L/min
3300 psi
228 bar
FB
Y95
FC
OSCL
FP
Y93
FQ
850 psi
59 bar
3800 psi
262 bar
4.5:1
TP2
P-OUT
P-IN
TP3
T-IN
T-OUT
B A
RIGHT REAR
.54 - 1.53 cu in
8.8 - 25 cc
48:1
M1 M2
A B
M3
LEFT REAR
.54 - 1.53 cu in
8.8 - 25 cc
48:1
M4
0.060 in
1.5 mm
A B
M5
LEFT FRONT
22.9 CU IN
375 cc
M6 M7
B A
RIGHT FRONT
22.9 CU IN
375 cc
M8
0.060 in
1.5 mm
50%
50%
50%
50%
TQ TH
TK
Y96
TB
Y97
TJ
Y98
76%
0.035 in
0.89 mm
24%
TG
TL
Y27
TN
0.030 in
0.76 mm
2SPD
TS
TO
TP4
2500 psi
172 bar
250 psi
17 bar
TT
TM
0.030 in
0.76 mm
TC
Y6
TA
TR
Y2
3500 psi
241 bar
4.5:1
Y5
TE
BRK
LS
N
HS0252C
1
MODEL
GS-2669
GS-3369
PRESSURE
3100
2900
RESERVOIR
8
6 - 108 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT Part No. 229753
N
LEFT
REAR
Y33
M
RIGHT
REAR
OUTRIGGER CYLINDERS
(OPTION)
LEFT
FRONT
Y34 Y35
L
RIGHT
FRONT
Y36
EF ER RF RR
Y39
BA
Y40
OUTRIGGER MANIFOLD
OUT
M
IN
CD
DB
2700 psi
186 bar
DA
Y29
GENERATOR MANIFOLD
T
HIGH
PRESSURE
FILTER
PUMP
13 gpm
49 L/min
IN
T
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, GS-4069 RT
K J I
LOWER LIFT CYLINDER
H G F E D C B A
UPPER LIFT CYLINDER
2500 psi
172 bar
RV5
0.046 in
1.2 mm
EXTEND
Y7A / Y10A
SV15
RETRACT
STEER
CYLINDER
OR
RIGHT
LEFT
S2
S1
PUMP
TP1
T
3500 psi
241 bar
FF
Y3
Y4
FI
2 gpm
7.6 L/min
FG
0.037 in
0.94 mm
PS2
(AS / CE
MODELS)
FK
EXTEND
160 psi
11 bar
Y7 / Y10
0.086 in
2.2 mm
SV14
RETRACT
FJ
FM
6 gpm
23 L/min
FL
Y9
160 psi
11 bar
FN
OSCILLATE CYLINDERS
RIGHT
(OPTION)
LEFT
FH
L
FD
Y8
3800 psi
262 bar
4.5:1
OSCR
FO
Y94
2850 psi
197 bar
3300 psi
228 bar
FE
FC
OSCL
FP
Y93
FA
1 gpm
4 L/min
FB
Y95
FQ
850 psi
59 bar
3800 psi
262 bar
4.5:1
TP2
P-OUT
P-IN
TP3
T-IN
T-OUT
B A
RIGHT REAR
.54 - 1.53 cu in
8.8 - 25 cc
48:1
M1 M2
A B
M3
LEFT REAR
.54 - 1.53 cu in
8.8 - 25 cc
48:1
M4
0.060 in
1.5 mm
M5
A B
LEFT FRONT
22.9 CU IN
375 cc
M6 M7
B A
RIGHT FRONT
22.9 CU IN
375 cc
M8
0.060 in
1.5 mm
50%
50%
50%
50%
TQ TH
TK
Y96
TB
Y97
TJ
Y98
76%
0.035 in
0.89 mm
24%
TG
TL
Y27
TN
0.030 in
0.76 mm
2SPD
TS
TO
TP4
2500 psi
172 bar
250 psi
17 bar
TT
TM
0.030 in
0.76 mm
TC
Y6
TA
TR
Y2
3500 psi
241 bar
4.5:1
Y5
TE
BRK
E
OIL COOLER
(OPTION)
LOW
PRESSURE
FILTER
LS
HS0252C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RESERVOIR
8
Part No. 229753 GS-2669 RT • GS-3369 RT • GS-4069 RT 6 - 109
November 2014 Section 6 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, GS-4069 RT
6 - 109 6 - 110
Genie Scandinavia
Phone +46 31 57 51 00
Fax +46 31 57 51 04
Genie France
Phone +33 2 37 26 09 99
Fax +33 2 37 26 09 98
Genie Iberica
Phone +34 93 572 5090
Fax +34 93 572 5091
Genie Germany
Phone 0800 180 9017
Phone +49 4221 491 810
Fax +49 4221 491 820
Genie U.K.
Phone +44 1476 584333
Fax +44 1476 584334
Genie Mexico City
Phone +52 55 5666 5242
Fax +52 55 5666 3241
Genie North America
Phone 425.881.1800
Toll Free USA and Canada
800.536.1800
Fax 425.883.3475
Genie Australia Pty Ltd.
Phone +61 7 3375 1660
Fax +61 7 3375 1002
Genie China
Phone +86 21 53853768
Fax +86 21 53852569
Genie Singapore
Phone +65 67533544
Fax +65 67533544
Genie Japan
Phone +81 3 6436 2020
Fax +81 3 5445 1231
Genie Korea
Phone +82 2 558 7267
Fax +82 2 558 3910
Genie Brasil
Phone +55 11 4082 5600
Fax +55 22 4082 5630
Genie Holland
Phone +31 183 581 102
Fax +31 183 581 566
California Proposition 65
Warning
The exhaust from this product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Maximum working height of 39 feet
- Capacity of 500 pounds
- Compact size and zero-turn radius
- Platform that can be tilted up to 15 degrees
- Easy to maneuver and operate
- Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
- Kubota WG972 engine